0 | P a g e
ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION
PACKAGE NO. : 1
BID VALUE :28.63 cores
VOL. - I : BIDDING DOCUMENT
NAME OF WORK: ISBT Tezpur.
OFFICE OF THE MANAGING DIRECTOR
ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION
PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR
Guwahati – 781008
1 | P a g e
ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR
Guwahati – 781008. **************
AGREEMENT NO.________________________________________________________________
LOCAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING
NAME OF THE WORK :- ISBT Tezpur Download of Tender through
website
:- www.astcassam.gov.in and www.assamtenders.gov.in
Time and date of Pre-Bid meeting :- NA
Online Bid Preparation
:- 04/07/2018 10AM to 23/07/2018 3PM
Last date & time of manual
submission of hard copy of
Technical Bid
:- 23/07/2018 3.00PM
Technical Bid opening :- 23/07/2018 4.00PM onwards
For Queries :- [email protected]
Place of opening bids :- OFFICE OF THE MANAGING DIRECTOR, ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION LTD.
PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR,
GUWAHATI- 781008. ASSAM
Officer inviting bids :- MANAGING DIRECTOR, ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION LTD.
PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR,
GUWAHATI- 781008. ASSAM
Sd/-
Managing Director,
Assam State Transport Corporation
Paltanbazar, Guwahati-8.
2 | P a g e
Memo No: ASTC/CE/2015/123/0317-A Date:03/07/2018
Copy to:
1. P.S to Commissioner Secretary for appraisal
2. Joint Secretary Transport Department for information
3. NIC for information and necessary publication of the RFP in the Assam Tenders
4. DIPRO for publication of RFP in popular news paper, one in English and one in local
language
5. Secretary to M.D, ASTC, Guwahati for information
6. Office copy
Sd/-
Managing Director,
Assam State Transport Corporation
Paltanbazar, Guwahati-8.
3 | P a g e
Section -1
ASSAM STATE TRANSPORT CORPORATION
PARIBAHAN BHAWAN, PALTANBAZAR
Guwahati – 781008. **************
No. ASTC/CE/2015/123/0317 Date: 03.07.2018
DETAIL NOTICE INVITING BID (QCBS)
1)Managing Director, Assam.State Transport Corporation, Paltanbazar, Guwahati – 8 invite
Fresh Bids for the following works from the contractor registered under ASTC,APWD, CPWD and other state
and central organisation etcin appropriate category having experience in similar nature of works. Details of the
Fresh Bid may be seen at e-procurement portal www.assamtenders.gov.in and ASTC portal
www.astcassam.gov.in and also in the office of the undersigned during office hours .
The bidders must be enrolled in www.assamtenders.gov.in.
Sl.
No State/
package Name of work Approx. value
of work
(In Rs.)
Time of
completio
n
Bid
security
(In Rs.)
Cost of Bid
Document
(In Rs.)
Class of
Bidder
1 Assam
ISBT Tezpur 28.63 cores 36 months 57.26 lacs 10000.00 I
2)Contractors / Firms / Private Limited Company registered with ASTC,APWD, CPWD and
other state and central organisation etc. with up-to-date registration certificate, having experience in similar
nature of works with the E-tendering system provider for participating in the bidding process. The Bidding
document may be downloaded through the www.assamtenders.gov.in by using their own user ID.
3) Online submission of Technical and Financial Bid are mandatory. Manual submission
(without online submission) of bid will be considered as non-responsive. Bidders are to submit the required
papers for technical bid by scanning and uploading the same before the expiry of the sequence “Tender
Download” in the activity schedule mentioned below at Sl.6.
4) The bidder shall submit the cost of the bid in the form of Demand Draft / Bankers cheque
of any nationalized Bank in favour of Managing Director,.AssamState Transport Corporation Payable at
Guwahati. Bidders submitting DD / Bankers cheque as cost of bid shall upload the scanned images of the
same with the technical bid.
5) The Bid security shall be in favour of Managing Director, Assam State Transport
Corporationwith validity 225 days from the date of submission of Bid in one of the following forms :
4 | P a g e
a) Bank Guarantee from any Nationalized / Scheduled Indian Bank in favour of the
Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation(A written confirmation in
the Bank’s letter head confirming the authenticity of the Guarantee shall be
furnished along with the Guarantee).
b) Fixed Deposit Receipt issued by any Nationalized / Schedule Indian Bank
acceptable to the employer.
6) The activity schedule for tendering process of the above mentioned packages shall be as
per the schedule shown below :-
Sl.No. Schedule Start Date Start Time End Date End Time
1 Publishing Date 04/07/2018 10:00 A.M 23/07/2018 3:00 P.M
2 Bid Download 04/07/2018 10:00 A.M 23/07/2018 12:00
3 Pre Bid meeting
date
NA NA NA NA
4 Bid submission date 04/07/2018 10:00 A.M 23/07/2018 3:00 P.M
5 Technical Bid opening date
23/07/2018 4.00PM onwards
3:00 P.M
6 Financial Bid opening date
7
Tender Committee Meeting
23/07/2018
8 Letter of Acceptance Within 3 days after
Tender Committee
---
---
---
9 Final Work Order After signing /
Acceptance of the
Tender Agreement
---
---
---
10 Work started Within 7 days after
Final Work Order
---
---
---
7)A pre-bid meeting will be held on XXXX at XXXX at the office of the Managing Director,
AssamState Transport Corporation,Paltanbazar, Guwahati – 8, to clarify the issues and to answer
questions on any matter that may be raised.
8)Prospective bidders should inspect the site and details of the Project at any suitable date
before submission of Bid, with due permission of the Managing Director, Assam State Transport
Corporation
9) Original copy of the following documents must be submitted on 23/07/2018upto 3:00 PM
at the office chamber of the undersigned.
a) Power of Attorney for signing the Bid.
b) Bid securities in the form of Original Bank Guarantee / FDR.
c) Cost of Bid document in the form of original DD / BC.
d) Original copy of Banker Certificate for Credit facility.
10) A hard copy of the technical bid submitted online is to be submitted on 23/07/2018 upto 3:00
PM for evaluation purpose. For any discrepancy between the online bid and the hard copy of the bid, the
online bid will govern and will be considered for evaluation.
11) Bidders are advised to scan their Technical papers at 100 dpi (In Black & White mode) in
pdf format for multiple pages with maximum file size of 5MB. If numbers of pages exceeds, the bidders are
advised to create multiple files and upload the same in “Upload Additional Document” stage.
5 | P a g e
12)Bidders Minimum Qualification Criteria to participate in the bid process:
a)
Experience of having successfully completed similar works during last 5 years ending
last day of month previous to the one in which Bids are invited should be either of the
following-
Three similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of the
Bid value.
Or
Two similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal to 50% of the
Bid value.
Or
One similar completed work costing not less than the amount equal to 80% of
the Bid value
(Completion certificate in respect of claim must be attached)
b) The bidder must be a profit making one for the last five years.
c) The bidder should possess valid electrical registration of Assam State Transport
Corporationor valid license from competent authority for executing
electrification works of the project and should have executed similar electrical
works. In case the bidder is not in possession of such registration, the bidder
must enter into a collaboration / tie up arrangement with such registration holder
having requisite experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along
with the bid.
d) The bidder should possess valid license for executing anti-termite works. In case
the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into a
collaboration / tip up arrangement with such license holder having requisite
experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along with the bid.
e) The bidder should possess valid license for executing Fire Fighting works. In
case the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into a
collaboration / tie up arrangement with such license holder having requisite
experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along with the bid.
f)The bidder must demonstrate assured ownership of RMC plant with concrete pump and transit
mixture.
13)Bidders should quote rates inclusive of the latest Govt. order / circular / notification on GST.
14)The Managing Director,ASTC., reserves the rights to cancel any Bid or all the Bids submitted by
Bidders without assigning any reason.
15) Bidders who do not fulfill the requirements need not participate in the Bid process.
Sd/-
Managing Director,
Assam State Transport Corporation
Paltanbazar, Guwahati-8.
6 | P a g e
Memo No:ASTC/CE/2015/123/0317-A Date: 03.07.2018
Copy to:
1.P.S to Commissioner Secretary for appraisal
2. Joint Secretary Transport Department for information
3. NIC for information and necessary publication of the RFP in the Assam Tender
4. DIPRO for publication of RFP in popular news paper,one in English and one in local
language
5.Secretary to M.D, ASTC, Guwahati for information
6.Office copy
Sd/-
Managing Director,
Assam State Transport Corporation
Paltanbazar, Guwahati-8.
7 | P a g e
Section -2
SL.No. Scope of work
1 ISBT BUILDING CIVIL WORKS
2 COMMERCIAL BUILDING CIVIL WORKS
3 INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS
4 EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS
5 SANITARY INSTALLATION WOEKS
6 WATERSUPPLY WORKS
7 STP & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM
8 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
9 Fire fighting works
10 SITE DEVELOPMENT , APPROACH ROAD AND CARPARKING
11 LANDSCAPING WORKS.
12 MAIN GATE
13 COMPOUND WALL
14 SCULPTURE
8 | P a g e
GENERAL
1. Scope of Bid
1.1 The Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation., Paltanbazar,
Guwahati-8 invites bids for the work : ISBT Tezpur .The Bidder may submit the
bid for the work details of which is given in the bidding document.
1.2 The successful Bidder will be expected to complete the work by the intended
completion date specified in the Bidding document.
1.3 Throughout this bidding document, the terms ‘bid’ and ‘tender’ and their
derivatives (bidder/tenderer, bid/tender, bidding / tendering etc.) are
synonymous.
1.4 Bid amount :-Rs 28.63 Coresonly.
2. Source of funds
2.1 Govt. of Assam
3. Eligible Bidders
3.1 This Invitation for Bids is open to all bidders registered under ASTC,APWD, CPWD
and other state and central organisation etc. and registered with e-tendering system
provider as mentioned in bidding document and also qualify qualification
Criteria.
4. Qualification of the Bidder
4.1 All bidders shall provide Qualification Information, Preliminary description of
the proposed work method and schedule, (including drawings and charts where
necessary). The proposed methodology should include programme of
construction backed with equipment planning and development duly supported
with broad calculations and quality assurance procedures proposed to be adopted
justifying their capability of execution and completion of work as per technical
specifications, within stipulated period of completion.
A Quality Assurance Manual (QAM) including but not limited to policy
statement, project organisation (Flow Chart) Project Organization (Duties and
Responsibilities), Project Control and Administration, Document control,
Control of Materials, Methodology and working, Test and Inspection Plan,
Calibration.
Non Conformity and Corrective Actions, Quality Audits and Safety should also
accompany the bid.
4.2 All bidders shall include the following information and documents with their
bids.
i) Copies of original documents defining the constitution or legal status, place of
registration and principal place of business; written power of attorney of the
signatory of the Bid to commit the bidder.
ii) Total monetary value of construction work performed during each of the last
five years. Photographic proof of work along with documentary proof must be
submitted.
iii) Experience in works of a similar nature preferably (Construction of bus
Terminals) and size for each of the last five years and detail of works underway
9 | P a g e
or contractually committed; and clients who may be contacted for further
information on those contracts.
iv)
Major items of construction equipment proposed to carry out the contract.
With proof of ownership , The bidder must demonstrate assured ownership of RMC
plant with concrete pump and transit mixture.
v) Qualifications and experience of key site management and technical personnel
proposed for contract.
vi) Reports on the financial standing of the Bidder, such as profit and loss
statements and auditors reports for the past five years.
vii) Evidence of access to line (s) of credit and availability of other financial
Resources facilities (10% of contract value), certified by the Bankers (Not more
than 3 months old).
viii) Authority to seek references from the Bidder’s Bankers.
ix) Information regarding any litigation, current or during the last five years in
which the Bidder is involved, the parties concerned and disputed amount.
x) The proposed methodology and program of construction, backed with
equipment planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and
quality control procedures proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of
execution and completion of the work as per Technical Specification within the
stipulated period of completion milestones.
xi) All the additional safety/ protection measures to be taken by the contractor
during the construction period as per prevailing guidelines of local Municipal
Corporation / Municipal Board / Town Committee and Declaration of safety of
State / Nation, Quality Assurance and Quality control, Safety at site, Health
safety & environment policy.
4.3 A. To qualify for award of the contract, each bidder in its name should have as
follows :
a) Achieved an average financial turnover (defined as a billing for works in
progress and completed in all classes of civil engineering construction works
only) over the last 3 years of should not be lest 30% of Bid value.
b) The bidder must be a profit making one for the last five years.
c) The bidder should possess valid electrical registration of Assam State Transport
Corporationor valid license from competent authority for executing
electrification works of the project and should have executed similar electrical
works. In case the bidder is not in possession of such registration, the bidder
must enter into collaboration / tie up arrangement with such registration holder
having requisite experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along
with the bid.
d) The bidder should possess valid license for executing anti-termite works. In case
the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into
collaboration / tip up arrangement with such license holder having requisite
experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along with the bid.
e) The bidder should possess valid license for executing Fire Fighting works. In
case the bidder is not in possession of such license, the bidder must enter into
10 | P a g e
collaboration / tie up arrangement with such license holder having requisite
experience. Necessary documents should be furnished along with the bid.
f)The bidder must demonstrate assured ownership of RMC plant with concrete
pump and transit mixture.
B. Each Bidder should demonstrate :
a) Availability (either owned or leased) of the key and critical equipment for this
work :
Based on the studies, carried out by the Engineer the minimum suggested major
equipment to attain the completion of works in accordance with the prescribed
construction schedule.
The bidders should, however, undertake their own studies and furnish with their
bid, a detailed construction planning and methodology supported with layout
and necessary drawings and calculations above to facilitate the Managing
Director, Assam State Transport Corporation Paltanbazar, Guwahati-8 to review
their proposals. The numbers, types and capacities of each plant/equipment shall
be shown in the proposals along with the cycle time for each operation for the
given production capacity to match the requirements.
b) Availability for this work of personnel with adequate experience as required;
c) Liquid assets and / credit facilities of not less than amount indicated in Bidding
document.
(Credit lines/letter of credit/certificate from Banks for meeting the funds
requirement etc.)
C. To Qualify for the package of contracts made up of this contract for which bids
are invited in the Bid, the bidder must demonstrate having experience and
resources sufficiently to meet of the qualifying criteria for the contracts.
11 | P a g e
TERMS AND CONDITIONS(TOR):-
1. PAN number along with GST number should be mentioned clearly, otherwise bid will be
rejected.
2. Rate should be quoted inclusive of all applicable taxes.(including G.S.T)
3. The construction work is to be done to the full satisfaction of the designated official of
ASTC and the Project Management Consultant.
4. All tools and plants are to be arranged by the contractor himself.
5. Construction materials mentioned in the specification of items of ISI/ISS (BIS)/REC
approved will have to be supplied /installed by the contractor at site in conformity to the
specification and satisfaction to the Engineer In-charge. Sub standard materials will not be
allowed to be used in any circumstances.
6. Curing of construction shall be done properly and the water required shall have to be
arranged by the contractor.
7. No extra payment for carrying of materials will be allowed from the Organization.
8. All work must be completed within 36(Thirty six) monthsunless otherwise stated.
9. Bid security/ EMD for unsuccessful bidders will be returned within 30 days from the
date of allotment of works. The EMD of successful bidder will be released when the bidder
signs the agreement and furnish the required performance bond.
10. The successful bidder has to submit the Performance Bank guarantee in approved
format of 5 % of the contract value within 14 days on receipt of Work order and valid up-
to the completion of DLP from the date of handing over or submission of Final bill
whichever is earlier.
11. The Employer shall retaining 5% from each payment due to the contractor, until completion
of the whole works. Another 5% will be retained as performance security. Out of the 10 %
retention amount, 5% will be released after completion of work and the balance 5% will be
released at the end of defects liability period.
12. The contractor will be allowed to make temporary shed at the worksite for storing goods at
their own risk and cost and will have to be cleaned within 7 days of completion of work.
13. Water and power for the construction to be arranged by the contractor with his/their
own cost which is deemed to be included in the rates. The rates are firmed and no extra
claim will be entertained till completion of the work for an y items or total contract.
14. The safety measures to be arranged by the contractor during working at site as directed
by the Engineer in charge which deemed to be included in the item rates.
15. The contractor will not be allowedto sublet the civil work to other party. In case of any
special consideration, the contractor will have to take written APPROVAL from client to
sub let any part of the work to clients approved party.
12 | P a g e
16. Estimate is prepared as per Schedule of Rates ( 2013-2014), Government of Assam,
PWD- Building ,Electrical, Sanitary and Water Supply as well as present market rates. However
the bidders have to quote the most competent rates. It is an item rate Bid.
17. The Managing Director of ASTC reserves the right to reject any Bid or accept any one without
showing any reason.
18. Any dispute what so ever, will be under the jurisdiction of Guwahati High Court, Guwahati.
19. The selected party should sign Agreement Form before issue of final work order.
20. Pre bid meeting will be held onXXXXXXX.at ASTC.
21. Bid will be valid up to 180 days from the date of submission.
22. a) A hard copy of the technical bid submitted online is to be submitted on23/07/2018 upto
3:00 P.M. for evaluation purpose in sealed cover. For any discrepancy between the online bid and
the hard copy of the bid, the online bid will govern and will be considered for evaluation.
b) Original copy of the following documents must be submitted on 23/07/2018 upto3:00 P.M. at
the office chamber of the undersigned.
i) Power of Attorney for signing the Bid.
ii) Bid securities in the form of original bank guarantee / FDR.
iii) Cost of Bid document in the form of original DD / BC.
iv) Original copy of Banker Certificate for Credit facility.
13 | P a g e
Project Location:
Location of the project is SonitpurDistrict.
Power & Water for construction shall be arranged by contractor with his own cost. The one who
is awarded the contract will be the “Contractor”. The Contractor has to carry out his work
according to General Conditions of Contract, Special Condition of Contract, Technical
Specifications, Bill of Quantities, Estimate, Drawingsand Site Plan issued by the client. The
privilege of authorship and ownership of drawings and designs of the structures remain with The
Client. The drawings and designs prepared by The Client shall be used only for the purpose
specified in this contract and all the drawings issued shall be returned to The Client on
completion of work. The Engineer authorized by Employer to represent at Site-of-work is
authorized to ask the Contractor to discontinue any work which does not meet the expected and
or specified requirements and /or work already executed, may be rejected and asked to be
removed for the same reason and to construct with contractors cost, risk and responsibility.
APPENDIX TO BID
INSTRUCTIONS TO AGENCIES
IMPORTANT DATES & INFORMATION FOR TENDER
Part-II
DATA SHEET
Tender Floating Body Assam State Transport Corporation
Tender Floating Authority
Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation,
Paltanbazar, Guwahati -8
astcassam.gov.in
Amount Details
Earnest Money Deposit Rs.57,26,000.00
Earnest Money In favor of
Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation payable at
Guwahati
Bid Processing Fee Rs.10000/
14 | P a g e
Bid Processing Fee in fovor of
Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation payable at
Guwahati
Currency INR
Estimated Tender value 28.63 Cores
Name of the Assignment ISBT Tezpur.
Tender Dates
Last Date of BID DOCUMENT
submission 23/07/2018
Time 3:00 P.M
Place
Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporation payable at
Guwahati
Date of bid opening 23/07/2018
Time of bid opening 4.00PM onwards
Place
Managing Director, Assam State Transport Corporationpayable at
Guwahati
Bid validity Period 180 days
Expected date for commencement
of consulting Assignment/job
Immediately upon award of contract
Submission of Documents
Envelop 1 Eligibility Documents
Envelop 2 Financial Proposals
Envelop 3 EMD
Envelop 4 Bid Processing Fee
Envelop 5 Outer Envelope
15 | P a g e
APPENDIX – I
Sl. No.
Items
Clause No. Remarks
1 .
Earnest money / Bid
security
As per Press Notice (QCBS)
2. Commencement of
Works
Clause No. General
41
- 7 days from the date of issue of Letter of Intent
/ Work Order whichever is earlier.
3.
Time for Completion Clause No.General 43
SP-10
As per Press Notice (QCBS)
4.
Liquidated Damage
for Delay
Clause No.General
47
SP-11
0.2 to 2 % of the Contract sum per week or part
thereof
5.
Bonus for early
Completion
Clause No. General
47-3 SP-12
0.2 to 2% of the contract sum per week or part
thereof
6.
.
Period of Defects Liability
Clause No. General 49-1
SP-14
365 days after date of certificate of completion of works
7.a
Mobilization
Advance
Clause No. General
60-2
SP-17.2.1
5% of contract sum(interest free) against in
irrevocable acceptance Bank Guarantee of
similar amount in an approved format and
submission of performance guarantee.
7.b
Recovery of
Mobilization
Advance
Clause No. General
60-2
SP-17.2.1
The mobilization advance will be recovered on
pro rata basis (@ 15% of the bill value & till full
recovery) from the second RA or after
completion of 15% of the work whichever is earlier . BG of mobilization advance can be
released after full recovery of the mobilization
advance
8 Retention Money Clause No.
SP-17.2.4
The Employer shall be retaining 5% from
each payment due to the contractor, until
completion of the whole of the works.
Another 5 % will be retained as performance
security. Out of the 10 % retention amount,
5% will be released after completion of
work and the balance 5% will be released at
the end of defects liability period .
9.a.
Period of final
measurements and
certifications by the
Engineer by the date
of receipt of
final bill of
Clause No.
SP-17.2.5
Within 60 days
16 | P a g e
contractor
9.b
Period of final
payment by the
Employer
certification by the Engineer
Clause No.
SP-17.2.5
Within 30 days
10.
Performance Bond /
Security Deposit
Clause No. General
10
5% of contract sum within a period of not more
than 14 days from the date of issue of LOI/LOA, the successful Biderer shall submit a
performance bond for due performance of the
contract for the above sum. The performance
bond will be valid right through the contract and
till the completion of DLP and to be submitted
in the form of irrevocable bank guarantee to be
submitted from an approved schedule
bank/nationalized bank in approved format. PS
will be released after 28 days from completion of DLP.
11.
Construction Power and Water
Clause No. SP-23
Power and water for construction to be arranged by the contractor at his own cost
12
Accommodation and other facilities for
Contractor staff and
labours
Clause No. SP-21
The Contractor shall arrange accommodation & other facilities for his staff and labour by himself
on the site at his own cost. On his vacating the
site after work is over the contractor should in
no way affect the nature and ecology of the site.
13 Programme Clause No.
SP-6
Within 15 days of the award of contract, the
Contractor shall submit to the engineer for
approval of programme showing the order of
procedure in which
he proposes to carry out the works.
14 Sanitation Facilities Clause No.
SP-24
Contractor has to arrange for Toilet facilities for
his labour during daytime, while working.
Proper arrangement for drainage/ disposal to be
done to maintain hygienic condition.
15. Safety Rules Clause No.
SP-33
The Contractor is required to give an
undertaking that all safety Rules &
Regulations will be followed by him as per Tender.
16.
Clearance of site on Completion
Clause No. General -33
Contractor will be required to clear the site within 2 weeks on completion of works.
17.
Variation in
Quantities
Clause No.
SP-34
The contractor will not be eligible for
any claim in any case of variation in the
quantities provided by the contractor in the
technical bid performa ( List of material)
approved by the ASTC/PMC
18.
Variation Exceeding plus minus 10%
Clause No. SP-35
Employer may renegotiate only the sum by which such limit of plus minus 10% is exceeded
19.
VAT, Service Tax
and other Taxes /GST
Clause No.
SP-19
The quoted rates shall be inclusive of all taxes,
duties, royalties, etc..
17 | P a g e
20. As Built drawing Clause No.
SP-18
The contractor shall furnish four copies
the as built and approved drawings
within two weeks after successful
Commissioning and handing over.
21 Insurances Clause No.
SP-7
The contractor shall take out following policies:
• Contractors all risk policy
• Third party liability ( as mentioned above) and
• workmen’s compensation policy
22 Cash Credit Limit - The bidder must have minimum of 10 % of cash
credit/ over draft limit.
BID EVALUATION CRITERIA:
Based on the NIT, Managing Director, ASTC will follow the following procedure for
opening of the BID:
STEP – I
After receiving the BID, on the same day Managing Director, ASTC will open the
Envelope and check the receipt of the two separate envelope inside the same duly
mentioned with envelope- I, envelope – II as mentioned in the Tender. Managing
Director, ASTC will open first the Cover- I to check the EMD& Bid Processing Fees in
the absence or default of which the Tender may get rejected.
STEP- II
Managing Director, ASTC will open the Cover- II, based on the cover- I, as opened earlier
on the same day. Managing Director, ASTC will check the documents submitted with
Cover-II, Technical bid and credential, overall and keep for scrutiny and evaluation by
Managing Director, ASTC / Evaluation Committee. After Technical evaluation on above,
Managing Director, ASTC will decide the date of opening of envelope II financial Bid
based on the evaluation Report. After opening of the financial Bid, Managing Director,
ASTC will evaluate the same to take the final decision on the same. The evaluation matrix
have attached with the Bid as guide line to the Bidders as follows:
18 | P a g e
EVALUATION PROCEDURE
At this stage , the technical bid will be opened and examined the following:
1) Genuineness of the documents submitted towards pre qualifications requirements.
2) Submission of EMD & Bid Processing fees.
3) Whether documents have been properly signed.
4) Compliance with pre qualification criteria.
Sl.No
Particular Details Max.Marks
Score Remarks
a) Financial standing as
certified by Bankers,
Audited Profit & Loss A/C
statement and Balance
Sheet, Annual turnover in
last five years, evidence of
access to adequate working capital.
2017-2018 20
2016-2017
2015-2016
2014-2015
2013-2014
b)
Experience on similar
work(s) during last 5 years with details including year
wise monetary value,
Clients, and proof of satisfactory completion of
works.
20
c) Construction Equipment
proposed to be deployed
for the project and proof of
its availability, equipment
proposed to be purchased
or leased. The bidder must
demonstrate assured
ownership of RMC plant
with concrete pump and
transit mixture.
(Annexure-I)
10
d)
Key personnel available and proposed to be
engaged for management,
and supervision of the Project, their qualifications
and experience.
(Annexure-II)
10
e) Experience in Electrical
works, Antitermite works,
Fire Fighting works.
15
19 | P a g e
f) Quality Assurance &
Quality Control,
Safety at site,
Health safety &
environment policy.
10
g) The proposed
methodology of work And programme of
construction work
12
h) Undertaking additional
safety / protection
measures to be taken by
the contractor during the
construction period as per prevailing guidelines of
Local MB / MC /
TC&Declaration of safety of State / Nation.
3
Total Marks 100
The assessment will be done on above basis. Hence Bidder must submit authenticated
information with supporting documents as above. Related to (c) & (d) full marks will be
given in case bidder satisfies requirements as per Annexure I and II.
QCBS evaluation criteria
1. Technical:-
To become eligible for short listing in the technical bid, bidder must secure at least 60
marks in aggregate. Based on highest score Technical score will be worked out.
2. Financial:-
Based on lowest quote as 100 %, the financial score in percentage will be worked out.
FINAL EVALUATION FOR SELECTION: (QCBS Evaluation):
The Final Evaluation for selection will be based on combine evaluation of Technical +
Financial score. Weightage for Technical and Financial score will be 80:20
MODE OF EVALUATION:
The Evaluation will be QCBS (Quality- Cost Based Selection) Evaluation.
Final Score: F: = 0.8XTs+0.2XFs
Ts = Technical Score
FS = Financial score
20 | P a g e
TERMS & CONDITIONS:-
PERFORMANCE SECURITY
Within 14 days from the date of issue of LOI/ LOA, the successful bidder shall deliver to
the Employer a Performance Security for due performance of the contract for an amount
equivalent to 5% of Contract Price. The Irrevocable bank guarantees to be submitted from
an approved scheduled bank/ nationalized bank in approved format. The Performance
Bond will be valid right through the contract and till the end of 28 days from defects
liability period.
MOBILIZATION ADVANCE
5% of the Contract Price on submission of Irrevocable Bank Guarantee on completion of
Mobilization.
RETENTION MONEY
The Employer shall be retaining 5% from each payment due to the contractor, until
completion of the whole of the works. Another 5 % will be retained as performance
security. Out of the 10 % retention amount, 5% will be released after completion of work
and the balance 5% will be released at the end of defects liability period .
FIRM PRICE CONTRACT
The contractor has to quote firm prices valid for the entire period of construction. No price
escalation during the contract shall be allowed on any account even for the extended
period on any reasonable ground.
21 | P a g e
Section 3:
Financial Proposal - Standard Forms
FORM FIN-1
FINANCIAL PROPOSAL SUBMISSION FORM
[Location, Date]
To: [Name and address of Employer]
Dear Sirs:
We, the undersigned, offer to provide the consulting Assignment/job for [Insert title of
Assignment/job] in accordance with your Request for Proposal dated [Insert Date] and our
Technical Proposal. Our attached Financial Proposal is for the sum of [Insert amount(s) in words
and figures1]. This amount is inclusive of the Domestic taxes.We hereby confirm that the financial
proposal is unconditional and we acknowledge that any condition attached to financial proposal
shall result in reject of our financial proposal.
Our Financial Proposal shall be binding upon us subject to the modifications resulting from
Contract negotiations, up to expiration of the validity period of the Proposal, i.e. before the date
indicated in Part II Data Sheet.
We understand you are not bound to accept any Proposal you receive.
We remain,
Yours sincerely,
Authorized Signature [In full and initials]:
Name and Title of Signatory:
Name of Firm:
22 | P a g e
FORM FIN-2
SUMMARY OF COSTS
Name of the Bidder:
Sl
No
Particulars Amount (Rs.)
1. Charges (Bifurcation to be provided in table
given below)
GST
Total
(Rupees in words)
For Financial Evaluation, the total fee(Inclusive of GST) for the service provided
will be considered. This fees will cover all costs/expenses
Charges (Bifurcation to be provided in table given below)
23 | P a g e
CIVIL WORKS
As per APWD SOR 2013-14 Specification
Sl.No.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
MANUALLY DRIVEN R.C.C. PILE
1
Providing cast in-situ manually driven reinforced cement concrete piles of using required grade of cement concrete of required bore-diameter, bulb diameter, lengths and with reinforcement as per specifications and drawings. Reinforcement to be measured and paid seperately as per item no. 21.4.1
C) UNIFORM PILE
d) Pile Dia 400 mm
ii) Above 10 M Rm 12180.00
LOAD TEST ON PILES
2
Initial test for test loading to 2 times the specified safe working load including construction of any test pile cap and dismantling
the same after completion of test. (Rate for Safe
working Load)
Ton 60.00
REINFORCEMENT
2
Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevent IS code, for reinforced cement concrete works in piles including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per specifications and drawings. The rings should be welded with vertical reinforcements as per specified IS codes of practice. (Inclusive of lap length, hook, chair, bend, anchor...etc)
(A) TMT bar made of Primary producer (From Primary producer)
Qtl 1552.36
EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION
3
Earthwork in excavation for foundations, trenches of walls, retaining walls, footings of column, steps, septic tank etc. including refilling (return filling) the quantity as necessary after completion of work, braking clods in return filling, dressing, watering and ramming etc. and removal of surplus earth with all lead and lift as directed and specified in the following classification of soils including bailing out water where necessary as directed and specified.
(A) Upto a depth of 2.00m below the existing ground level.
(a) In ordinary soil Cum 820.65
24 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
Earth/ sand filling in plinth in layers not more than 150mm thick including necessary carriage, watering, ramming etc. complete as directed and specified including payment of land compensation, forest royalty, sales tax and other duties and taxes as may be necessary.
(c) With river sand or silt (predominantly non plastic) by truck carriage including loading and unloading.
Ground Floor Area 4190 sqm x .9 m plinth Cum 2950.35
PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS
4
Plain cement concrete works with coarse aggregate of sizes 13mm to 32mm in foundation bed for footing steps, walls, brick works etc. as directed and specified including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete (shuttering where necessary shall be measured and paid separately).
(b) In prop 1cement: 4 sand :8 coarse aggregate by volume
cum 102.58
Plain cement concrete floor base in prop1:3:6 laid in alternate bays as specified with coarse agg. of size 13mm to 32mm including dewatering if necessary, and curing etc. complete.
c) 100mm thick sqm 4,910.00
Plinth Area = 4910 sqm.
Providing and laying 25mm thick damp proof course with cement concrete in prop 1:1.5:3 with graded stone agg. of 10mm down nominal size including providing approved damp proof admixture in proportion as recommended by the manufacturer including curing etc. complete as directed.
sqm 479.475
Total length of wall =1917.9m x .250 m
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS
9
Providing and laying plain/reinforced cement croncrete works cement, coarse sand & 20mm down graded stone aggregate including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete but excluding cost of form work and reinforcement for reinforced cement concrete work (form work and reinforcement will be measured and paid separately)
(I) Using Mixer Machine
(A) In substructure up to plinth level
25 | P a g e
SL.
NO DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
10
Foundation, footing, columns with base tie and plinth beam, pile cap, base slab, retaining walls, walls of septic tank, inspection pit and the like and other works not less than 100mm thick up to plinth level.
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3 cum 1203.084
(B) In super structure from plinth level up to 1st floor level.
11
i) Walls (thickness not less than 100mm) including attached pillasters, buttresses, plinth and string course etc.
N) Without using admixture, plasticiser
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3 cum 32.319
12
ii) Columns, pillars, posts, struts, suspended floor, roof, landing, shelf and support, balcony, lintel, sill band, beam, girder, bressumer, cantilever, staircase (except spiral staircase and landing ) including preparing the top surface and finishing of nosing.
N) Without using admixture, plasticiser
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3 cum 3075.576
13
iii) Vertical and horizontal fins (thickness not more than 100mm) individually or forming box louvre and projected band.
N) Without using admixture, plasticiser
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3 cum 177.936
TIMBER SHUTTERING (FORMWORK)
14
Providing form work of ordinary timber planking so as to give a rough finish including centering, shuttering, strutting and propping etc., height of propping and centering below supporting floor to ceiling not exceeding 4.0M and removal of the same for in-situ reinforced concrete and plain concrete work in:
Foundation, footings, bases of columns, pile cap, raft and mass concrete works etc.
(b) Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m
1352.96
Form work in Pile capa. 3 pile cap → 6 x .8 x 86 = 412.8b. 4 pile cap → 7.6 x .8 x 71 = 431.68c. 5 pile cap → 8.54 x .8 x 35 = 239.12d. 6 pile cap → 9.62 x .8 x 35 = 269.36
12
Sides of tie beams, grade beams etc. at or below ground level.
ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m
2301.48
→ 2 x 1917.9 x 0.600
26 | P a g e
SL.NO
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
13 Columns, Pillars, Posts & Strut
ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m
6108.00
Column A → 195 x 12 x 2 (0.400 + 0.700) = 5148 Column B → 32x 12 x 2 (0.450 + .800) = 960
14
Sides and soffits of beams, beam haunchings , cantilever giders , bressumers , lintels and horizontal ties.
(ii)Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m
7671.60
→ 2 x 1917.9 x 0.200 = 703.72 → 2 x 1917.9 x 0.600x3 = 6333.48
15
Formwork Flat surfaces such as soffits of suspended floors , roofs landing , cantilaever slabs chajjas , balconies and like
(ii)25mm thk. plank Sq.m 7576.00
a. 1st slab level→ 3045 b. 2nd slab level→ 3590 c. 3rd slab level→ 3156-221.5
16
Staircase with sloping or stepped soffits including risers and stringers but excluding Landing. (Using 38mm thick plank)
Sq.m 197.89
Stair case → Waist slab = 3.35 x 4.06 x3 x 2 = 81.6 Step = 3.40 x 0.150 x 24 x3 x2 = 73.44 Landing = 3.40 x 1.50 x3 x2= 30.6 Beam = 2 x 3.40 x 0.300 x3x2 = 12.24
MASONARY WORK
3
Providing brick soling in foundation and under floor with stone/ best quality picked jhama brick, sand packed and laid to level and in panel after preparing the sub grade as directed including all labour and materials and if necessary dewatering complete.
(a)Brick on flat soiling. Sq.m 4190.00
Ground floor Area = 4190 sqm.
Autoclaved Aerated Cement blocks work (AAC)
4
Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement blocks masonry with 150mm/230mm/300 mm thick AAC blocks with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per direction of Engineerin- Charge. (The payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for seperately).
27 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UNIT QUANTIT
Y
Unit rate offered
Total amount(in INR)
Unit
rate
offered
in words
Total amount
offered in
words
(i) In Sub-structure upto plinth level including dewatering if necessary Cum 132.34
Total length of wall =1917.9 m x (.900-.600) m x .200m
(ii)In Superstructure above plinth level upto 1st floor level.
Cum 589.77
Extra for AAC block walling of each subsequent floor or part therof above the 1st floor level. Cum 326.33
PLASTERING WORKS
17
15 mm plaster on cement concrete or reinforced cement concrete work with white cement based polymer modified self curing mortar of approved make as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
Sq.m 5128.40
Wall area → 3485.53 X 2= 6971.06
18
12 mm plaster on cement concrete or reinforced cement concrete work with white cement based polymer modified self curing mortar of approved make as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
Sq.m 5128.40
19
10mm thick cement plaster in single coat on fair side of brick/concrete walls for interior plastering upto 3rd floor level including arises or rounded angles not exceeding 80mm girth and finished even and smooth including curing complete as directed.
(d) In cement mortor 1:6 Sq.m 18529.33
Ceiling area =9791 sqm RCC Fin =1780 x 2=3560 Slab Beam area = 1917.9x0.45 x2x3=4749.3 sqm
HERITAGE FINISHING
Supplying and laying of permanent wall finish for interior and exterior walls with surface coating of Heritage Surface Texture of Bakelite Hylam Limited for all types of buildings at all levels as specified and directed by the department.
(a) Granules (Code : HGR) Sqm 638.28
=(17.5+14.5+14.5+12.6) X 3.6 X3
PAINTING AND FINISHING
20
Finishing wall with two coats of acrylic emulsion exterior coatings of Unicem “Rakshak” brand of required shade by thinning 11ltr. of paint with 750ml of water to give an even shade after thoroughly brooming the surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose powdered materials as specified and directed by the department.
(c) Asian paint / Berger paint / ICI ect. Sq.m 4177.35
28 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
ground floor → (395-200+68.5) x 4.5 =1185.75 1st floor →( 395 + 68.5) x 3.6 = 1668.6 2nd floor → ( 395 -96 + 68.5) x 3.6 =1323
21
Wall painting (two coats) with acrylic emulsion paint approved brand and manufacture (Asian paint/Berger paint/ICI paint/J & N paint/Nerolac) on new surface to give and even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface free from mortar droppings and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth.
Sq.m 24608.78
Wall area→ (5128.4 X 2)-4177.35+18592.33=24608.78
22
Providing two coats of J.K. wall putty (white cement based putty for concrete /mortar walls and ceiling both internal And external) after removing all loosely Adhering materials from the wall surface With the help of emery stone, putty blade or wire brush and moistening the wall with sufficient quantity of clean water as specified and directed by the department. (Total thickness of two coates is maximum 1.5mm).
Sq.m 28786.13
PAINTING ON WOOD AND WOOD WOOD BASED
SURFACES
Applying priming coat over new wood and wood
based surfaces over 100mm in girth/width after and
including preparing the surface by throughly
cleaning oil, grease, dirt snd other foreign matter ,
sand papering and knotting.
(b). With ready mixed paint , wood primer (white). Sqm 560.00
Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on new
wood and wood based surface with enamel paint of
approved brand and manufacture (Asian paint/
Berger paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give
an even shade including cleaning the surfaces of all
dirt, dust and other foreign matter sand papering
and stopping.
(i).Surfaces over 100mm in width or girth.
a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI
paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac). Sqm 560.00
PAINTING ON STEEL AND OTHER METAL SURFACE
Applying primary coat over new steel and other
metal surface upto 100m in width or girth after
preparing the surface by throughly cleaning
oil,grease, dirt and other foreign matter and
scoured with wire brushes, fine steels, wood
scrapers and sand paper.
A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M
B.Roof truss in pargola→(19 x25)+72 =547 M
Door frame→ 1178.4
29 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
a). With ready mixed "red-lead/ red oxide" primer. Rm 1886.2
Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on new
steel and other metal surface with enamel paint of
approved brand and manufacture(Asian paint/
Berger paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give
an even shade including cleaning the surface of all
dirt, dust and other foreign matter.
(ii).Surfaces up to 100mm in width or girth.
a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI
paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac).
Rm 1884.45
A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M
B.Roof truss in pargola→(19 x25)+72 =547 M
Door frame→ 1178.4
FLOORING
A) ON FLOOR
23
Providing VITRIFIED floor tiles of approved quality of specified size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors, skirtings, risers and treads of steps over 15 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf) / white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles, mixed with approved pigment to match the shade of the tiles, complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department)
b) Executive range Somany/ Orient/Nitco /Varmora/VITA/ Marbito/ Make
i) Of size 800mmx800mm and above Sq.m 9848.38
Ground Gloor→ 4190-210.5=3979.52 sqm First Floor → 3041-129.58=2911.42 sqm Second Floor → 3156-129.58=2957.44 sqm
B) ON WALLS
30 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
24
Providing polished ceramic wall tiles of approved quality, size, shape and thickness not less than 8mm on walls and skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Cement plastering to be measured and paid separately). (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department). (Walls means both interior and exterior walls).
c) Delux range Somany/ Orient/Nitco/Varmora Make
ii) Of size 300mmx450mm and above Sq.m 1201
WALL TILES→ 95.32 X 2.1X2 X3 =3979.52
ANTISKID TILES
Providing Antiskid Tiles of approved quality size, shape not less than 8mm on floor, skirting over a cement mortar bed 15mm thick of 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) approved make fix with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf)/ white cement complete at all level as specified and directed.
(A) CERAMIC
i)Normal range (Sizes 300 mm x 300mm and above)
(a)Orient made: Galaxy Brown, Galaxy creama, Galaxy Pink, Galaxy Green, Pulsar Beige, Pulsar Blue, Pulsar Dove, Pulsar Pink, Burj Brown, Burj Green, Burj Slate
Sq.m 538.62
ground floor →210.48 1st floor →129.58 2nd floor → 198.56
31 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
Providing polished SUNROCK-Hi CTS/ MULTIWYN tiles of approved quality, size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors and skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department).
(a) SUNROCKHi CTS TILES
i). Well, Chocolate, Diamond Square, Ramp, Beach Sand (300x300) mm Sq.m
19.8
MARBLE FLOORING
25
18 mm thick Marble stone slab flooring of sizes 1200x1200 including treads and risers of steps, skirting, laid over 20 mm thick base of cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) laid and jointed with grey cement slurry including rubbing and polishing complete with marble slab of specified quality and shade at all levels.
(i) Dungri slab Sq.m 221.76
→ 48 x 2.1 x (.4+.4+.7.+.7)= 253.44 SQM
GRANITE FLOORING
Providing 18mm thick Granite slab on vertical face of pedestal laid over 10 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete as directed with approved quality of shade.
Sq.m 77.76
→ 32 x .45 x 5.4= 253.44 SQM
WOOD WORKS
27 BLOCK BOARD SHUTTERS
Providing and fixing flush door shutters solid core construction with frame of 1st class hard wood with cross band and face veneered ply wood face panels conforming to relevent I.S code including oxidised iron butt hinges (100mm x 75mm x 3.5mm) 6 nos with necessary wood screws.
a) Decorative type face panel and block board
core.
(i) 40 mm thick . Sq.m. 560.00
Area of Door→ 560 SQM
32 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
ALUMINIUM FITTINGS
Supplying, fitting, fixing anodised aluminium fittings of approved make, resonably smooth, free from sharp edges and corners, flaws and other defects and with counter sunk holes for screws including necessary aluminium screws etc. complete.( anodised to bright natural matt & satin finished )
a) Sliding door bolts
i) 300mm x 16mm Each 20.00
b) Tower bolts
iii) 200mm x 12mm Each 446.00
c) Door handles
iii) 150mm Each 446.00
l) Hydraulic door closure Each 20.00
m) Mortice lock vertical type
i) 65mm( Godrej With handle(2 lever) set 25.00
t) Door stopper with rubber stopper Each 25.00
ALUMINIUM FRAMIMG WORKS
Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium windows and ventilators of standard sections of approved brand without horizontal glazing bars joints mitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) fitted with 6mm x 3.15mm lugs 100mm long embedded in CC blocks 150mm x 100mm x 100mm in 1:3:6 mix including providing and fixing handles, frictions stays, joining cleat, bolting device, locking arrangement, spring catch as required complete as specified and directed for all levels. (Cement concrete to be measured and paid separately).
a)Side hung and Top hung windows and ventilators
ii)5mm frosted glass Sqm 12.96
28
Providing, fitting and fixing anodized aluminium sliding windows and ventilators of standard sections approved brand (HINDALCO/NALCO/BALCO/JINDAL/ other equivalent primary producer) without horizontalglazing bars, jointsmitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) and providing and fixing handles, Angle cleat, rubber gasket,roller, bolting Device, locking arrangements, servews, etc.as reqd. complete as specified and directed for all levels.
3Track sliding window 5mm clear glass Sq.m 350
33 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
2Track sliding window5mm clear glass
Sq.m 200
3Track → 350 2Track → 200
PARTITION WALLS WITH DOORS
Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium framed glazed doors with partition walls partly glass and partly prelaminated board with anodised aluminium frame made of 100mm x 43mm x 2mm sections of approved brand with doors style of size 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, top rails 46mm x 43mm x 2mm, lock rails 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, fitting with glazing clip, special rubber type gusket complete including hydraulic floor spring pivot aluminium door handle lock angles cleat etc. complete as directed by the department at all levels.
(i)6mm thick glass panes and 12mm prelaminated board
Sq.m 63.00
a. 10.5 x 3 x2= 63
CURTAIN WALL, CURTAIN GLAZING, STRUCTURAL GLAZING
Providing, fitting and fixing aluminium curtain wall on the exterior face of building fitting to concrete member by drilling hole fixing by brass screw fabricated with coloured anodised aluminium section of approved brand 101mm x 55mm x 2mm by providing jointing angles including providing coloured reflectory type glass 6mm thick fitted with aluminium at all levels.
Sqm 153.36
A. 14.2 X 3.6 X 3 =153.36
Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminuim framed glazed doors with anodised aluminium frame made of 100mm x 45mm x 2.5mm section with door style of size 88mm x 45mm x 2.5mm, top rails 50mm x 45mm x 2mm and bottom rails 100mm x 45mm x 2.5mm fitted with glazing clip, special type rubber gasket complete etc complete as specified and directed by the department at all levels.
(a) with 12 mm thick toughened glass Sqm 57.6
GYPBOARD CEILING
34 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
29
Supplying, fitting, fixing and painting where necessary (one coat primer and two coats of paint) M/F Suspended Ceiling which includes G.I. perimeter channels of size 0.55mm thick (having one flange of 20mm and another flange of 30mm and a web of 27mm) along with perimeter of ceiling, screw fixed to brick wall/ partition with the help of nylon sleeves and screws, at 610mm c/c. Then suspending G.I. intermediate channels of size 45mm (0.9mm thick with two equal flanges of 15mm each) from the soffit at 1220mm c/c with ceiling angle of width 25mmx10mmx0.55mm thick fixed to soffit with G.I.cleat and steel expansion fasteners.
Ceiling section of 0.55mm thickness having knurled web of 51.5mm and two equal flanges of 26mm each with lips of 10.5mm are then fixed to the intermediate channel with the help of connecting clip and in direction perpendicular to the intermediate channel at 457mm c/c, 9.5mm/ 12.5mm tapered edge Gypboard (conforming to IS:2095-1982) is then screw fixed to ceiling section with 25mm long drywall screws at 230mm c/c. Screw fixing is done mechanically either with screw driver or drilling machine with suitable attachment. Finally, the boards are to be jointed and finished so as to have a flush look which includes filling and finishing the tapered and square edges of the boards with jointing compound, joint paper tape and two coats of drywall topcoat suitable for Gypboard complete at all levels as specified and directed. (For light fittings, providing opening for doors, window, ventilators etc, cut out made with frame of perimeter channel supported suitably to be measured and paid separately where necessary).
(ii)12.5mm thick Sqm 963
Ceiling area → 207+ 117=324 SQM →32 X 9X 2= 576 SQM →13.7 X 4.5= 63 SQM
K STEEL WORKS
ROOF TRUSS
35 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
Providing, fitting, hoisting and fixing of roof trusses
fabricated out of combination of any two or all of
the following sections (i) Square section (ii)
Rectangular Hollow section of specification RSH/SHS
and (iii) M.S. circular hlollow section of Grade 210
including purlins, bottom runners and providing
M.S. cleat, M.S. angle base plank, bolts and nuts
with red oxide primer including fitting bottom
runner and cleat etc. for fixing ceiling joist as per
design complete as directed as per specifications.
a) Using TATA make RHS/SHS of Grade 310
conforming to relevant I.S. code 4923 : 1997
Qtl
100.90
A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M B.Roof truss in pargola→(19 x25)+72 =547 M
COLLAPSIBLE / ROLLING SHUTTERS
Providing and fixing in position collapsible M.S. shutters with vertical channels 20mmx10mmx2mm braced with flat iron diagonals 20mmx5mm size with top and bottom rails of T-iron 40mmx40mmx6mm with 38mm dia steel pulleys complete with bolts and nuts, locking arrangements, stoppers, handles including applying a priming coat of red lead paint.
Sq.m.
25.92
Providing and fixing rolling shutters of approved make made of 80mm wide M.S. laths interlocked together through their entire lenth and jointed together at the ends by end-locks mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with bracket plates, guide channels and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push-pull operation complete including cost of wire, spring and hood cover for the shutters.
Sq.m.
108
DOOR FRAMES
Providing, fitting and fixing powder coated pressed steel door frame made of 1.25mm/ 1.6mm thick sheet of various sizes with necessary hinge jamb, lock jamb, head and steel base ties at the bottom of the frame. The whole frame shall be welded or rigidly fixed together by mechanical means with base ties of pressed mild steel angle of size 20x20x1.25mm thick. Frame to be filled up with 1:4:8 P.C.C. after fitting the frame with brick/ concrete works etc.complete as directed by the department for all levels. (P.C.C. to be measured and paid for seperately).
(a) 1.25mm thick sheet
(iv) Size 125mm x 60mm (Double rebate) M 1178.4
36 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
Door Frame → total door =223nos. →(2.1+2.1+1.2) x 137= 739.8 m →(2.1+2.1+.9) x 86= 438.6m
30
Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) railing made of Hollow tubes , channels , plates etc., including welding , grinding , buffing polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete , i.e. fixing the railing with necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners ,stainless steel bolts etc., of required size , on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer in-charge. (For payment, only weight of stainless steel member is be considered.No extra payment for fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc. will be considered)
Kg. 486.50
A. → 3.9 X2 X 3X 8=187.2 B. → (39.4+ 27.8)X4=268.8 C. → (11.5+11.5+7.5)=268.8
GRILLS
Providing, fitting and fixing M.S. grill of required pattern for windows/ clerestory windows/ openingwith M.S. flats at required spacing in frame all round, squre or round M.S. bars with round headed bolts and nuts or screws.
I . Plain grill (c) Fixed to Brickwork/P.C.C/R.C.C. Kg 5656.45
→ Total area =550 sqm,10mm sqr bar 150c/c @ 10.29kg/m2= 5656.45 kg
ROOFING
Providing plain Polycarbonate transparent sheet roofing at all levels with self drilling, self tapping screws complete (Roof trusses, purlins etc. to be measured and paid separately.)
(iii) 3.00 mm thick Sqm 221.6
PLINTH PROTECTION WORKS
Providing plinth protection 50mm thick to cement concrete 1 : 3 : 6 with coarse agg.of 20mm nominal size including finishing the surface with 10mm thick cement plaster in proportion 1:3 with a floting coat of neat cement finished.
Sqm
621
37 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERE
D IN
WORDS
TOTAL
AMOUNT
OFFERED IN
WORDS
Providing drain with brick work in cement mortar in proportion 1:5 with half brick thick side walls and 100mm thick C.C (1:3:6) base over one brick flat soling including 15mm thick cement plastering in prop. 1:3 finished with a floating coat of cement slurry as directed with necessary shttering for sides and earth work in excavation of foundation trenches and refilling the sides after completion of work etc. as specified.
ii). 300mm wide and average 250mm deep with bed slope 1 in 150 with initial depth of 100mm. Rm
810
REINFORCEMENT STEEL
31
Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevant I.S. Code for R.C.C. work/ R.B. walling including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per details,ying and binding with 20G annealed black wire and placing in position with proper blocks, supports, chairs, spacers etc. complete (upto 1st floor level). ISI approved super ductile TMT Bar
TMT corrosion Resistant. Qtl. 4851.89
38 | P a g e
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
CIVIL WORKS
Sl.No. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
MANUALLY DRIVEN R.C.C. PILE
1
Providing cast in-situ manually driven reinforced cement concrete piles of using required grade of cement concrete of required bore-diameter, bulb diameter, lengths and with reinforcement as per specifications and drawings. Reinforcement to be measured and paid seperately as per item no. 21.4.1
C) UNIFORM PILE
d) Pile Dia 400 mm
ii) Above 10 M Rm 3960.00
LOAD TEST ON PILES
Initial test for test loading to 2 times the specified safe working load including construction of any test pile cap and dismantling the same after completion of
test. (Rate for Safe working Load)
Ton 60.00
REINFORCEMENT
2
Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevent IS code, for reinforced cement concrete works in piles including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per specifications and drawings. The rings should be welded with vertical reinforcements as per specified IS codes of practice. (Inclusive of lap length, hook, chair, bend, anchor...etc)
(A) TMT bar made of Primary producer (From Primary producer)
Qtl 504.71
39 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION
4
Earthwork in excavation for foundations, trenches of walls, retaining walls, footings of column, steps, septic tank etc. including refilling (return filling) the quantity as necessary after completion of work, braking clods in return filling, dressing, watering and ramming etc. and removal of surplus earth with all lead and lift as directed and specified in the following classification of soils including bailing out water where necessary as directed and specified.
(A) Upto a depth of 2.00m below the existing ground level.
(a) In ordinary soil Cum 236.51
5
Earth/ sand filling in plinth in layers not more than 150mm thick including necessary carriage, watering, ramming etc. complete as directed and specified including payment of land compensation, forest royalty, sales tax and other duties and taxes as may be necessary.
(c) With river sand or silt (predominantly non plastic) by truck carriage including loading and unloading.
Ground Floor Area 4190 sqm x .9 m plinth
Cum 681.49
Ground floor Area = 1020 x .9 = 3771 cum.
40 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS
6
Plain cement concrete works with coarse aggregate of sizes 13mm to 32mm in foundation bed for footing steps, walls, brick works etc. as directed and specified including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete (shuttering where necessary shall be measured and paid separately).
(b) In prop 1cement: 4 sand :8 coarse aggregate by volume cum 29.56
7
Plain cement concrete floor base in prop1:3:6 laid in alternate bays as specified with coarse agg. of size 13mm to 32mm including dewatering if necessary, and curing etc. complete.
c) 100mm thick sqm 1,020.00
Plinth Area = 1020 sqm.
8
Providing and laying 25mm thick damp proof course with cement concrete in prop 1:1.5:3 with graded stone agg. of 10mm down nominal size including providing approved damp proof admixture in proportion as recommended by the manufacturer including curing etc. complete as directed.
sqm 150.6
Total length of wall =602.4 m x .250 m= 150.6 sqm
41 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS
9
Providing and laying plain/reinforced cement croncrete works cement, coarse sand & 20mm down graded stone aggregate including dewatering if necessary, and curing complete but excluding cost of form work and reinforcement for reinforced cement concrete work (form work and reinforcement will be measured and paid separately)
(I) Using Mixer Machine
(A) In substructure up to plinth level
10
Foundation, footing, columns with base tie and plinth beam, pile cap, base slab, retaining walls, walls of septic tank, inspection pit and the like and other works not less than 100mm thick up to plinth level.
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3
cum 357.57
(B) In super structure from plinth level up to 1st floor level.
11
i) Walls (thickness not less than 100mm) including attached pillasters, buttresses, plinth and string course etc.
N) Without using admixture, plasticiser
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3
cum 16.16
12
ii) Columns, pillars, posts, struts, suspended floor, roof, landing, shelf and support, balcony, lintel, sill band, beam, girder, bressumer, cantilever, staircase (except spiral staircase and landing ) including preparing the top surface and finishing of nosing.
N) Without using admixture, plasticiser
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3
cum 786.62
42 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
13
iii) Vertical and horizontal fins (thickness
not more than 100mm) individually or forming
box louvre and projected band.
N) Without using admixture, plasticiser
b) M20 grade concrete or Prop. 1:1.5:3 cum 24.00
TIMBER SHUTTERING (FORMWORK)
14
Providing form work of ordinary timber planking so as to give a rough finish including centering, shuttering, strutting and propping etc., height of propping and centering below supporting floor to ceiling not exceeding 4.0M and removal of the same for in-situ reinforced concrete and plain concrete work in:
Foundation, footings, bases of columns, pile cap, raft and mass concrete works etc.
(b) Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 522.80
Form work in Pile capa. 4 pile cap → 1.9 x 4 x .75 x 28 = 159.6b. 5 pile cap → 2.4x 4 x .75 x 46 = 331.2c. 6 pile cap → (1.9+3.1) x 2 x .8 x 4 = 32
12
Sides of tie beams, grade beams etc. at or below ground level.
ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 722.88
→ 2 x 602.4x 0.600
13 Columns, Pillars, Posts & Strut
ii. Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 1684.80
Column A → 39 x 12 x 2 (0.35 + 0.50) = 795.6 Column B → 32x 12 x 2 (0.350 + .600) = 889.2
14
Sides and soffits of beams, beam haunchings , cantilever giders , bressumers , lintels and horizontal ties.
(ii)Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 2409.60
→ 2 x 602.4 x 0.200 = 703.72 → 2 x 602.4 x 0.600x3 = 6333.48
43 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
15
Formwork Flat surfaces such as soffits of suspended floors , roofs landing , cantilaever slabs chajjas , balconies and like
(ii)25mm thk. plank Sq.m 2587.68
a. 1st slab level→ 995.02 b. 2nd slab level→ 796.33 c. 3rd slab level→ 796.33
16
Staircase with sloping or stepped soffits including risers and stringers but excluding Landing. (Using 38mm thick plank)
Sq.m 197.89
Stair case → Waist slab = 3.35 x 4.06 x3 x 2 = 81.6 Step = 3.40 x 0.150 x 24 x3 x2 = 73.44 Landing = 3.40 x 1.50 x3 x2= 30.6 Beam = 2 x 3.40 x 0.300 x3x2 = 12.24
MASONARY WORK
3
Providing brick soling in foundation and under floor with stone/ best quality picked jhama brick, sand packed and laid to level and in panel after preparing the sub grade as directed including all labour and materials and if necessary dewatering complete.
(a)Brick on flat soiling. Sq.m 1020.00
Ground floor Area = 1020 sqm.
Autoclaved Aerated Cement blocks work (AAC)
4
Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement blocks masonry with 150mm/230mm/300 mm thick AAC blocks with RCC band at sill level and lintel level with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per direction of Engineerin- Charge. (The payment of RCC band and reinforcement shall be made for seperately).
44 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
(a) In Sub-structure upto plinth level including dewatering if necessary Cum 41.57
Total length of wall =602.4 m x.300 m x .200m
(ii)In Superstructure above plinth level upto 1st floor level. Cum
321.0948
Extra for AAC block walling of each subsequent floor or part therof above the 1st floor level.
Cum 206.43795
PLASTERING WORKS
17
15 mm plaster on cement concrete or reinforced cement concrete work with white cement based polymer modified self curing mortar of approved make as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
Sq.m 2140.63
Wall area → 2140.63 X 2= 4281.26 SQM
18
12 mm plaster on cement concrete or reinforced cement concrete work with white cement based polymer modified self curing mortar of approved make as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
Sq.m 2140.63
19
10mm thick cement plaster in single coat on fair side of brick/concrete walls for interior plastering upto 3rd floor level including arises or rounded angles not exceeding 80mm girth and finished even and smooth including curing complete as directed.
(d) In cement mortor 1:6 Sq.m 7774.16
Ceiling area =2587.68sqm RCC Fin =1780 x 2=3560 Slab Beam area = 602.4x0.45 x2x3=4749.3 sqm
HERITAGE FINISHING
45 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
Supplying and laying of permanent wall finish for interior and exterior walls with surface coating of Heritage Surface Texture of Bakelite Hylam Limited for all types of buildings at all levels as specified and directed by the department.
(a) Granules (Code : HGR) Sqm 97.2
=9 x3 X 3.6 =97.2 sqm
PAINTING AND FINISHING
20
Finishing wall with two coats of acrylic emulsion exterior coatings of Unicem “Rakshak” brand of required shade by thinning 11ltr. of paint with 750ml of water to give an even shade after thoroughly brooming the surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose powdered materials as specified and directed by the department.
(c) Asian paint / Berger paint / ICI ect. Sq.m 905.40
ground floor →(113x4.5)-(36x3.6)-(1.8x1.5x16)=335.7 1st floor →(113x3.6)-(36x3.6)-(1.8x1.5x16)=234 2nd floor → (113x4.5)-(36x3.6)-(1.8x1.5x16)=335.7
21
Wall painting (two coats) with acrylic emulsion paint approved brand and manufacture (Asian paint/Berger paint/ICI paint/J & N paint/Nerolac) on new surface to give and even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface free from mortar droppings and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth.
Sq.m 11150.02
Wall area → 807.00 Ceiling area → 491.27 Slab beam area → 277.38
46 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
22
Providing two coats of J.K. wall putty (white cement based putty for concrete /mortar walls and ceiling both internal And external) after removing all loosely Adhering materials from the wall surface With the help of emery stone, putty blade or wire brush and moistening the wall with sufficient quantity of clean water as specified and directed by the department. (Total thickness of two coates is maximum 1.5mm).
Sq.m 12055.42
PAINTING ON WOOD AND WOOD WOOD
BASED SURFACES
Applying priming coat over new wood and
wood based surfaces over 100mm in
girth/width after and including preparing the
surface by throughly cleaning oil, grease, dirt
snd other foreign matter , sand papering and
knotting.
(b). With ready mixed paint , wood primer
(white). Sqm 164.52
Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on
new wood and wood based surface with
enamel paint of approved brand and
manufacture (Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI
paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give an even
shade including cleaning the surfaces of all
dirt, dust and other foreign matter sand
papering and stopping.
(i).Surfaces over 100mm in width or girth.
a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger
paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac). Sqm 164.52
PAINTING ON STEEL AND OTHER METAL
SURFACE
Applying primary coat over new steel and
other metal surface upto 100m in width or
girth after preparing the surface by throughly
cleaning oil,grease, dirt and other foreign
matter and scoured with wire brushes, fine
steels, wood scrapers and sand paper.
A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M
Door frame→739.8
a). With ready mixed "red-lead/ red oxide"
primer.
Rm 900.6
47 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
Painting two coats (excluding priming coat) on
new steel and other metal surface with
enamel paint of approved brand and
manufacture(Asian paint/ Berger paint/ ICI
paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac) to give an even
shade including cleaning the surface of all dirt,
dust and other foreign matter.
(ii).Surfaces up to 100mm in width or girth.
a). General purpose (Asian paint/ Berger
paint/ ICI paint/ J & N paint/ Nerolac).
Rm 900.6
A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M
Door frame→ 739.8
FLOORING
A) ON FLOOR
23
Providing VITRIFIED floor tiles of approved quality of specified size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors, skirtings, risers and treads of steps over 15 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf) / white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles, mixed with approved pigment to match the shade of the tiles, complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department)
c) Delux range Somany/ Orient/Nitco /Varmora/VITA/ Marbito/ Make
i) Of size 1000mmx1000mm and above
Sq.m
2811.35
→ 1020+995.02+796.33=2811
sqm
B) ON WALLS
48 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
24
Providing polished ceramic wall tiles of
approved quality, size, shape and
thickness not less than 8mm on walls and
skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm
thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand ) including cutting where necessary
finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile
(Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white
cement slurry mixed with approved
pigment to match shade of tiles complete
at all levels as specified and directed.
(Cement plastering to be measured and
paid separately). (Coloured pigment
should be in conformity with colour of
tiles and as approved and directed by the
Department). (Walls means both interior
and exterior walls).
c) Delux range Somany/ Orient/Nitco/Varmora Make
ii) Of size 300mmx450mm and above Sq.m 364.68
ground floor →(3*2.1*6)+(6.5*2.1*2)-(1.2*.9*4)=60.78 x 2=121.56 sqm 1st floor →121.56 sqm 2nd floor → 121.56 sqm
ANTISKID TILES
Providing Antiskid Tiles of approved quality size, shape not less than 8mm on floor, skirting over a cement mortar bed 15mm thick of 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) approved make fix with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey/Sika/Pedelite/Rouf)/ white cement complete at all level as specified and directed.
VITRIFIED
i)Normal range (Sizes 300 mm x 300mm and above)
Somany made- Durastone (Unpolished heavy duty Vitrified Tiles)
a). Premium Sq.m 108
49 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
Ground floor →18 x2 = 36 sqm. 1st floor →18 x2 = 36 sqm. 2nd floor → 18 x2 = 36 sqm.
Providing polished SUNROCK-Hi CTS/ MULTIWYN tiles of approved quality, size, shape and thickness not less than 18mm on floors and skirtings over cement mortar bed 10 mm thick in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) including cutting where necessary finished with flush pointing with Fix-A-Tile (Choksey / Sika / Pedelite / Rouf) /white cement slurry mixed with approved pigment to match shade of tiles complete at all levels as specified and directed. (Coloured pigment should be in conformity with colour of tiles and as approved and directed by the Department).
(a) SUNROCKHi CTS TILES
i). Well, Chocolate, Diamond Square, Ramp, Beach Sand (300x300) mm
Sq.m
17.28
Ramp → 1.8 x 4.8 x 2=
MARBLE FLOORING
25
18 mm thick Marble stone slab flooring of sizes 1200x1200 including treads and risers of steps, skirting, laid over 20 mm thick base of cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) laid and jointed with grey cement slurry including rubbing and polishing complete with marble slab of specified quality and shade at all levels.
(i) Dungri slab Sq.m 36.18
→ 24 x 3.35 x (0.150+ 0.300)
GRANITE FLOORING
Providing 18mm thick Granite slab on vertical face of pedestal laid over 10 mm thick base of cement mortar in prop. 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete as directed with approved quality of shade.
Sq.m
8.1
50 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
→ .45 x 3 x 2x 3=
H WOOD WORKS
27 BLOCK BOARD SHUTTERS
Providing and fixing flush door shutters solid core construction with frame of 1st class hard wood with cross band and face veneered ply wood face panels conforming to relevent I.S code including oxidised iron butt hinges (100mm x 75mm x 3.5mm) 6 nos with necessary wood screws.
a) Decorative type face panel and block
board core.
(i) 40 mm thick . Sq.m. 164.52
TOTAL AREA OF DOOR
ALUMINIUM FITTINGS
Supplying, fitting, fixing anodised aluminium fittings of approved make, resonably smooth, free from sharp edges and corners, flaws and other defects and with counter sunk holes for screws including necessary aluminium screws etc. complete.( anodised to bright natural matt & satin finished )
a) Sliding door bolts
i) 300mm x 16mm Each 72.00
b) Tower bolts
iii) 200mm x 12mm Each 140.00
c) Door handles
iii) 150mm Each 140.00
l) Hydraulic door closure Each 10.00
m) Mortice lock vertical type
i) 65mm( Godrej With handle(2 lever) set 12.00
t) Door stopper with rubber stopper Each 13.00
I ALUMINIUM FRAMIMG WORKS
51 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium windows and ventilators of standard sections of approved brand without horizontal glazing bars joints mitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) fitted with 6mm x 3.15mm lugs 100mm long embedded in CC blocks 150mm x 100mm x 100mm in 1:3:6 mix including providing and fixing handles, frictions stays, joining cleat, bolting device, locking arrangement, spring catch as required complete as specified and directed for all levels. (Cement concrete to be measured and paid separately).
a)Side hung and Top hung windows and ventilators
ii)5mm frosted glass Sqm 12.96
28
Providing, fitting and fixing anodized aluminium sliding windows and ventilators of standard sections approved brand (HINDALCO/NALCO/BALCO/JINDAL/ other equivalent primary producer) without horizontalglazing bars, jointsmitred and welded (manufactured to relevant IS specifications) and providing and fixing handles, Angle cleat, rubber gasket,roller, bolting Device, locking arrangements, servews, etc.as reqd. complete as specified and directed for all levels.
3Track sliding window 5mm clear glass Sq.m 399.4
2Track sliding window 5mm clear glass Sq.m 0
3Track → 399.4 2Track → 0
PARTITION WALLS WITH DOORS
52 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
Providing, fitting and fixing anodised aluminium framed glazed doors with partition walls partly glass and partly prelaminated board with anodised aluminium frame made of 100mm x 43mm x 2mm sections of approved brand with doors style of size 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, top rails 46mm x 43mm x 2mm, lock rails 81mm x 43mm x 2mm, fitting with glazing clip, special rubber type gusket complete including hydraulic floor spring pivot aluminium door handle lock angles cleat etc. complete as directed by the department at all levels.
(i)6mm thick glass panes and 12mm
prelaminated board Sq.m 39.00
a. 10.5 x 3 x2= 63
CURTAIN WALL, CURTAIN GLAZING, STRUCTURAL GLAZING
Providing, fitting and fixing aluminium curtain wall on the exterior face of building fitting to concrete member by drilling hole fixing by brass screw fabricated with coloured anodised aluminium section of approved brand 101mm x 55mm x 2mm by providing jointing angles including providing coloured reflectory type glass 6mm thick fitted with aluminium at all levels.
Sqm 289.44
B. 13.4 X 3.6 X3 X2 =289.44
53 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
GYPBOARD CEILING
29
Supplying, fitting, fixing and painting where necessary (one coat primer and two coats of paint) M/F Suspended Ceiling which includes G.I. perimeter channels of size 0.55mm thick (having one flange of 20mm and another flange of 30mm and a web of 27mm) along with perimeter of ceiling, screw fixed to brick wall/ partition with the help of nylon sleeves and screws, at 610mm c/c. Then suspending G.I. intermediate channels of size 45mm (0.9mm thick with two equal flanges of 15mm each) from the soffit at 1220mm c/c with ceiling angle of width 25mmx10mmx0.55mm thick fixed to soffit with G.I.cleat and steel expansion fasteners.
Ceiling section of 0.55mm thickness having knurled web of 51.5mm and two equal flanges of 26mm each with lips of 10.5mm are then fixed to the intermediate channel with the help of connecting clip and in direction perpendicular to the intermediate channel at 457mm c/c, 9.5mm/ 12.5mm tapered edge Gypboard (conforming to IS:2095-1982) is then screw fixed to ceiling section with 25mm long drywall screws at 230mm c/c. Screw fixing is done mechanically either with screw driver or drilling machine with suitable attachment. Finally, the boards are to be jointed and finished so as to have a flush look which includes filling and finishing the tapered and square edges of the boards with jointing compound, joint paper tape and two coats of drywall topcoat suitable for Gypboard complete at all levels as specified and directed. (For light fittings, providing opening for doors, window, ventilators etc, cut out made with frame of perimeter channel supported suitably to be measured and paid separately where necessary).
54 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
(ii)12.5mm thick Sqm 43.68
Ceiling area →5.6 x7.8= 43.68 sqm
K STEEL WORKS
ROOF TRUSS
Providing, fitting, hoisting and fixing of roof
trusses fabricated out of combination of any
two or all of the following sections (i) Square
section (ii) Rectangular Hollow section of
specification RSH/SHS and (iii) M.S. circular
hlollow section of Grade 210 including purlins,
bottom runners and providing M.S. cleat, M.S.
angle base plank, bolts and nuts with red
oxide primer including fitting bottom runner
and cleat etc. for fixing ceiling joist as per
design complete as directed as per
specifications.
a) Using TATA make RHS/SHS of Grade 310
conforming to relevant I.S. code 4923 : 1997 Qtl 25.60
A.Roof truss in doom→20.1 x 8=160.8 M x 15.92/100=25.6 qtl Tata rectangular section 145 x 82mm @15.92 Kg/M
COLLAPSIBLE / ROLLING SHUTTERS
Providing and fixing in position collapsible
M.S. shutters with vertical channels
20mmx10mmx2mm braced with flat iron
diagonals 20mmx5mm size with top and
bottom rails of T-iron 40mmx40mmx6mm
with 38mm dia steel pulleys complete with
bolts and nuts, locking arrangements,
stoppers, handles including applying a priming
coat of red lead paint. Sq.m. 25.92
Providing and fixing rolling shutters of
approved make made of 80mm wide M.S.
laths interlocked together through their entire
lenth and jointed together at the ends by end-
locks mounted on specially designed pipe
shaft with bracket plates, guide channels and
arrangements for inside and outside locking
with push-pull operation complete including
cost of wire, spring and hood cover for the
shutters. Sq.m. 108.00 DOOR FRAMES
55 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
Providing, fitting and fixing powder coated
pressed steel door frame made of 1.25mm/
1.6mm thick sheet of various sizes with
necessary hinge jamb, lock jamb, head and
steel base ties at the bottom of the frame. The
whole frame shall be welded or rigidly fixed
together by mechanical means with base ties
of pressed mild steel angle of size
20x20x1.25mm thick. Frame to be filled up
with 1:4:8 P.C.C. after fitting the frame with
brick/ concrete works etc.complete as
directed by the department for all levels.
(P.C.C. to be measured and paid for
seperately).
(a) 1.25mm thick sheet
(iv) Size 125mm x 60mm (Double rebate) M 351
Door Frame → total door =65 nos. →(2.1+2.1+1.2) x 65= 739.8 m
30
Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) railing made of Hollow tubes , channels , plates etc., including welding , grinding , buffing polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete , i.e. fixing the railing with necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners ,stainless steel bolts etc., of required size , on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer in-charge. (For payment, only weight of stainless steel member is be considered.No extra payment for fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc. will be considered)
Kg. 486.50
A. → 3.9 X2 X 3X 8=187.2 B. → (39.4+ 27.8)X4=268.8 C. → (11.5+11.5+7.5)=268.8
GRILLS
56 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
Providing, fitting and fixing M.S. grill of required pattern for windows/ clerestory windows/ openingwith M.S. flats at required spacing in frame all round, squre or round M.S. bars with round headed bolts and nuts or screws.
I . Plain grill
(c) Fixed to Brickwork/P.C.C/R.C.C. Kg 5656.45 2.16
→ Total area =550 sqm,10mm sqr bar 150c/c @ 10.29kg/m2= 5656.45 kg
ROOFING
Providing plain Polycarbonate transparent sheet roofing at all levels with self drilling, self tapping screws complete (Roof trusses, purlins etc. to be measured and paid separately.)
(iii) 3.00 mm thick Sqm 221.60
PLINTH PROTECTION WORKS
Providing plinth protection 50mm thick to cement concrete 1 : 3 : 6 with coarse agg.of 20mm nominal size including finishing the surface with 10mm thick cement plaster in proportion 1:3 with a floting coat of neat cement finished.
Sqm 103.50
Providing drain with brick work in cement mortar in proportion 1:5 with half brick thick side walls and 100mm thick C.C (1:3:6) base over one brick flat soling including 15mm thick cement plastering in prop. 1:3 finished with a floating coat of cement slurry as directed with necessary shttering for sides and earth work in excavation of foundation trenches and refilling the sides after completion of work etc. as specified.
ii). 300mm wide and average 250mm deep with bed slope 1 in 150 with initial depth of 100mm. Rm 255.00
L REINFORCEMENT STEEL
57 | P a g e
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered
TOTAL AMOUNT ( in INR )
UNIT
RATES
OFFERED
IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT
OFFERED IN WORDS
31
Supplying, fitting and fixing in position reinforcement bars conforming to relevant I.S. Code for R.C.C. work/ R.B. walling including straightening, cleaning, cutting and bending to proper shapes and length as per details,ying and binding with 20G annealed black wire and placing in position with proper blocks, supports, chairs, spacers etc. complete (upto 1st floor level). ISI approved super ductile TMT Bar
TMT corrosion Resistant. Qtl. 1337.04
58 | P a g e
INTERNAL ELECTRICAL WORKS
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
1/2.1 Wiring for light/fan/call bell point with 2x1.5 sq. mm. P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed conduit wiring system with 20mm dia 2mm thick / heavy rigid PVC IS: 9537 Part - III conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) including 6 Amp flush type switch/ bell push (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) GI/ MS switch board (ISI marked) with phenolic laminated sheet cover ,ceiling rose (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) etc. complete.
2.1.1
a) SP upto 3.00 metre length. point 346
2.1.2 b) MP upto 6.00 metre length.
6.00 metre length. point 650
2.1.3 c) LP upto 10.00 metre length. point 750
59 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
2/2.2 Wiring to 5 a pin 6 Amps plug point with 1.5 sq. mm P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed 2 mm thick/ heavy rigid ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) wiring system including 5 pin 6 Amps flush type plug socket and 6 Amps F/T switch (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.), GI/ MS switch board (I.S.I. mark with phenolic laminated sheet cover including earth continuity with 1.5 sq. mm. cable to third pin of the plug socket etc. as required complete, when placed elsewhere.
2.2.1
Short point up to 3.00 metre. length. Each 40
2.2.2
Medium point up to 6.00 metre. Length. Each 60
2.2.3
Long point up to 10.00 metre. Length. Each 100
60 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
3/2.3 Wiring for 5/6 pin 16 Amps power plug point with 4 sq. mm. P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed conduit wiring system including and fixing 5/6 pin 16 Amps flush type socket outlets and 16 Amps flush type switch ( Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.), GI/ MS switch board (I.S.I. mark with phenolic laminated sheet cover earth continuity with 2.5 sq. mm cable to the 3rd pin of the socket as required complete with 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)
2.3.3 Long point up to 10.00 metre. Length. Each 15
4/2.4 Wiring for 5/6 pin 16 Amps power plug point with 4 sq. mm. P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed conduit wiring system including and fixing 5/6 pin 16 Amps flush type socket outlets and 16 Amps flush type switch ( Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.), GI/ MS switch board (I.S.I. mark with phenolic laminated sheet cover earth continuity with 2.5 sq. mm cable to the 3rd pin of the socket as required complete with 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)
2.4.1 Extra long pt. upto 15.00 mtr. Length Each 15
61 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
2.4.2 Extra long pt. upto 20.00 mtr. Length Each 25
2.4.3 Extra long pt. upto 25.00 mtr. Length Each 20
5/2.7 Wiring for drawing sub-main line with P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) including earth continuity in surface/ recessed 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit wiring system.
2.7.1 With 2x2.5 sqmm+ earth continuity with1x2.5 sqmm PVC insulated unsheathed single core copper conductor cable in 19mm dia.rigid PVC conduit pipes. mtr 8500
2.7.2 With 2x4sqmm+ earth continuity with1x2.5 sqmm PVC insulated unsheathed single core copper conductor cable in 19mm dia.rigid PVC conduit pipes. mtr 1000
2.7.3 With 2x6sqmm+ earth continuity with1x4 sqmm PVC insulated unsheathed single core copper conductor cable in 19mm dia.rigid PVC conduit pipes. mtr 900
6/2.8 Wiring for drawing sub-main line with P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) including earth continuity in surface/ recessed PVC 20 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy ISI marked IS: 9537 PART - III rigid PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) wiring system .
62 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
2.8.5 With 3 x 16 sq. mm. + earth continuity with2x 10 sq. mm. cable in 32 mm. dia. 2mm thick/ heavy rigid PVC IS: 9537 Part - III conduit.
mtr 1500
7/2.10 Wiring for 5 pin 6 amp plug with 1.5 sq mm P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) including 5 pin 6 amp socket outlet (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)make) and 6 amp flush type switch (Anchor penta /Gold medal /Kolor kany.Kom/Havells or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.)make) earthing the 3rd pin of the socket as required on the switch board in surface/ recessed P.V.C. conduit wiring system. When fitted on same board of light and fan.
Each 90
8/11.12 Supplying and fixing of polished Brass Bracket of 18 S.W.G, 25 cm long cast back plate and brass lamp holder complete including connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required Without Lamp
Each 110
9/10 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following indoor surface Mounted LED Luminaires complete with all accessories such as driver etc. and necessary connection with 1.5 sq.mm. P.V.C. insulated S.C.copper conductor as required and as directed by the department
10.20 Philips lighting luminaire 15W Cirrus Mini Model SM518C LED9S 6500 PSU OD GR/ SM518C LED9S 6500 PSU OD WH or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.
Each 611
10/11.32 Supplying and fixing of Call bell ( Buzzer ) including 5/ 6 amp capacity button piano type bell push switch including connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required.
Each 20
63 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
11/11.00 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following indoor Surface Mounted and Suspended Luminaires LED Luminaires complete with all accessories such as driver etc. and necessary connection with 1.5 sq.mm. P.V.C. insulated S.C.copper conductor as required and as directed by the department
11.5 Philips 24 W, Astra Surface & wall mounted LED batten Model BN150W LED20S-6500 PSE OD GR or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.
Each 200
12/12.00 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following LED lamp as directed by the department
12.25 Philips LED bulbs non-dimmable 7 W or equivalent as approved by the Deptt. Each 110
13/6 Supplying,installation,testing and Commission of the following indoor Recessed Mounted LED Luminaires complete with all accessories such as driver etc. In the flase ceiling type Armstronng /Gypsum or similar ceiling mouting with necessary support and connection with 1.5 sq.mm. P.V.C. insulated S.C.copper conductor as required and as directed by the department
6.1 Philips lighting luminaire 15 W GreenLED Model BBS170 1xDLED -5000 PSU WH/ BBS170 1xDLED -4000 PSU WH or GreenLED Square ModelBBS175 1xDLED -5000 PSU WH/ BBS175 1xDLED -4000 PSU WH or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.
Each 60
14/SB8.36 Supplying with fitting and fixing of Foot lamp with Box and lamp holder in 3 module recessed system MODEL RANGE LEGRAND (MYRIUS), ANCHOR (VIOLA), MK (WRAPAROUND/ PLUS), ABB (CHEIRON), KOLORS (KREST), SCHNEIDER (VIVACE), CRABTREE including making necessary connection as per direction of department. Without lamp.
Each 70
64 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
15/22.7 Installation of earth station with 40mm dia and 4.5 mtr. long GI pipe with necessary GI reducing socket 40mmx20mm size locking arrangement with hinged cover plate, funnel, GI nuts, thorough bolts etc.for putting pipe and refitting with necessary enclosure on the top etc. as required complete. Each 16
16/22.12 Extra for using salt 5Kg and charcoal 64 Kg. for pipe earth electrode as required.
Each 16
17/22.15 Supplying and laying with 6 SWG GI earth wire at 0.50 mtr. below ground level or conductor earth electrode including soldering, excavation work and refitting etc.as required complete.
Mtr 600
18/22 .31 Supply, fitting & fixing 20 mmx3 mm Copper strips drawn on vertically or horizontally on building wall/parapet wall in surface system complete with supply of Brass Nuts & Bolts, Screws etc including riveting, soldering and making connection as approved by the Deptt.)with earth electrode copper strips and Lightning Arrestor etc. as specified and directed by the deptt.
Each 6
19/23.12 Supplying including installation, connection as approved by the Deptt.)with 2x2.5 sq mm copper FR cable, testing and commissioning of following post top lantern/ WALL LIGHT on existing pole/ Structure including lamp, driver, ballast as required complete as directed and specified by the deptt.
23.12.2 HPS 360 1X CDMTD 70W GR, 1X CDMTD 70W, Philips make) . or equivalent (Equivalent will be selected by the deptt considering the mother items rate) WIPRO/ JAQUAR make.
Each 8
20/27.1 Supplying including fitting fixing of following A.C. Ceiling fan complete with all accessories like down rod, canopy etc. of following sweeps with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required complete and as directed by the Department [Without regulator].
65 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
27.1.2 Premium model 1200 mm Sweep (ORIENT PSPO make) / Premium model 1050 / 1200 mm Sweep SS-390 Deco Havells make)
Each 553
21/27.2 Supplying including fitting fixing of following A.C. Exhaust fan in the existing hole on the wall of following sweeps with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required complete and as directed by the Department.
27.2.1.2 Power Flow 225 mm sweep (ORIENT make)
Each 60
22/27.3 Supplying including fitting fixing of following A.C. Wall fan in the existing hole on the wall of following sweeps with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.)as required complete and as directed by the Department.
27.3.1 ORIENT make or equivalent Usha make
27.3.1.2 Air Circulator wall fan 600 mm sweep Turbo force Each 16
23/SB8.21 Supplying with fitting and fixing of electronic modular fan speed controller 2 - module type MODEL RANGE LEGRAND (MYRIUS), ANCHOR (VIOLA), MK (WRAPAROUND/ PLUS), ABB (CHEIRON), KOLORS (KREST), SCHNEIDER (VIVACE), CRABTREE including making necessary connection as per direction of department.
SB8.21.1 100 watt electronic modular 4 step speed control 2 - module type
Each 553
24/29/1 Supplying with installation testing and commissioning of Hi -- wall 4 STAR rating non ducted split type air conditioner of the following capacity with cordless remote complete with indoor and outdoor unit, copper pipe and electrical connection as approved by the Deptt.)up to 5 m between the room unit and out door unit as directed by the department.
2 Ton capacity
(Carrier make) estrella R410 Each 4
66 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
25/31.1 Supplying with fitting and fixing Voltage stabilizer of the following specification complete including making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt. (SKYLAND / Vee-Dee / V GUARD / VERTEX/ INDO/ VENUS make)
31.1.8 5.0 KVA Automatic Input 90-280 V Out put 200-240 V
Each 4
26/SB8.63 Supplying with fitting and fixing of Single Phase Modular Motor Starter switch of the following specification complete including making necessary connection as specified and directed by the deptt.
SB8.63.3 Overload Relay Range 16 - 25 Amps in 3 Module
Each 4
27/15.2 Supplying with fitting and fixing sheet steel, phosphatised, powder painted dust & vermin proof Double door IP-43 surface mounting SPN MCB DB incorporated with bas-bar, Neutral link, Earth bar and din rail etc fitted on wall with grouting nuts & bolts as reqd. complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.
15.2.1 ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)
15.2.1.3 8 way SPN double door Each 9
28/15.8 Supplying with fitting and fixing sheet steel, phosphatised, powder painted dust & vermin proof Double door IP-43 double door surface mounting TPN MCB DB incorporated with bas-bar, Neutral link, Earth bar and din rail etc fitted on wall with grouting nuts & bolts as reqd. complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.
15.8.1 ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)
15.8.1.2 6way TPN (4+18) double door Each 24
29/16.1 Supplying with fitting and fixing single Pole 10 KA 240/415V 50Hz MCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.
16.1.2 C Series (Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)
16.1.2.1 6-32A Each 450
67 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
30/16.6 Supplying with fitting and fixing 4P 10 KA 240/415V 50Hz MCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.
16.6.2 C Series (ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)
16.6.2.3 63A Each 26
31/16.7 Supplying with fitting and fixing 30/100/300mA sensitivity 240/415V 50Hz DP RCCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.
16.7.1 30mA sensitivity DP RCCB (ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)
16.7.1.2 40A Each 12
32/16.8 Supplying with fitting and fixing 30/100/300mA sensitivity 240/415V 50Hz 4P RCCB of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved, specified and directed by the deptt.
16.8.2 100/300mA sensitivity 4P RCCB (ABB, Schneider MG, legrand, Hager make)
16.8.2.3 63A Each 26
33/17.13 Supplying including installation, commissioning of vermin and dust proof totally enclosed cubical indoor type floor/wall mounting compartmentalize panel board of size 1.35M X 1.20MX 0.40M made of 16 SWG1.66 m thick C.R. sheet and 35mm X 35mm X 5mm size angle having 4 no legs at the bottom complete painting with 2 coats of Red Oxide metal primer and 2 coats of enamel paint. The panel board is to be erected in 1 : 3 : 6 PCC foundation including brick soling / grouting etc. complete neatly Wiring done with provision for one no 125/160A 4pole MCCB or Switch Fuse Unit as incomer and provision for 6nos DP or TPN out going as specified and directed by the deptt. confirming to IP 43 protection comprising of the following electrical items:
68 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
1. 20mm X 3mm4 strip copper Bus-Bar 0.6 M length each
2. Digital 3 Phase Voltmeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no
3. Digital 3 Phase Ammeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no
4. Pilot Lamp with integral ckt LED 110- 230 V (Red, Yellow,& Blue - 3 no
5. Voltmeter & Ammeter Selector Switch - 2 no
6. 2 A Slide fuse unit - 3nos
(Incoming & Outgoing Switch Gear of reqd. rating will be measured and paid separately)
Each 6
34/17.14 Supplying including installation, commissioning of vermin and dust proof totally enclosed cubical indoor type floor/wall mounting compartmentalize panel board of size 1.50M X 1.60MX 0.40M made of 16 SWG1.66 m thick C.R. sheet and 40mm X 40mm X 5mm size angle having 4 no legs at the bottom complete painting with 2 coats of Red Oxide metal primer and 2 coats of enamel paint. The panel board is to be erected in 1 : 3 : 6 PCC foundation including brick soling / grouting etc. complete neatly Wiring done with provision for one no 400A 4pole MCCB or Switch Fuse Unit as incomer and provision for 8nos DP or TPN out going as specified and directed by the deptt. confirming to IP 43 protection comprising of the following electrical items:
1. 40mm X 5mm 4 strip copper Bus - Bar 1.50 M length each
i 20mm X 3mm 4 strip copper Bus-Bar 0.5M each 8 sets
2. Digital 3 Phase Voltmeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no
3. Digital 3 Phase Ammeter Accuracy class 0.5 - 1 no
4. Pilot Lamp with integral ckt LED 110- 230 V (Red, Yellow,& Blue - 3 no
5. Voltmeter & Ammeter Selector Switch - 2 no
6. 2 A Slide fuse unit - 3nos
69 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
(Incoming & Outgoing Switch Gear of reqd. rating will be measured and paid separately)
Each 1
35/16.40 Supplying with fitting and fixing panel mounting open execution 25 KA 415V 50Hz 3P MCCB (Ics=Icu, adjustable Ir setting 0.7) without enclosure) of the following capacity complete with making necessary connection as approved by the Deptt.),as specified and directed by the deptt.
25 KA 415V 50 Hz 3P MCCB (Havells, HPL, Indo Asian make)
i)63A Each 26
ii)125A Each 8
36/ECB5.1 Supplying including installation testing and commissioning of 100kVAr, 440V APFC Panel Non-Compartmentalized Type, Free Standing, Floor Mounted
rated Output 100kVAr
rated Voltage 440V
rated Frequency 50Hz
Number of phases 3 Phase
Switching Option Auto-Manual
ENCLOSURE DETAILS
Material CRCA
Thickness of sheet steel Frame & Doors: 2.0mm, Partitions: 1.6mm, Gland plate: 3.0mm
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 800 x 1800 x 600 (Approx) + (250 mm for plinth & fan hook
Ingress Protection IP 42
Installation Type Indoor
Cable Entry Bottom
Colour RAL 7035 - Light Grey
BUSBAR DETAILS
Material Aluminium
Cross Section (mm) 40 x 10 x 1 Run
Bus bar Supports DMC Moulded
CAPACITORS
Heavy Duty @ 440V
No of Steps 5
Incomer MCCB, 200A, 36kA CVS Type
Switching Capacitor Duty Contactors
Step Protection MCB/MCCB
APFC RELAY
INCOMER MCCB, 200A, 36kA CVS Type 1
70 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
Digital Volt - Amp Freq meter 1
Phase Indicating Lamps (L1, L2, L3) 3
Current Transformer - 200/5A 3
APFC Relay 1
Fans 1
Control Circuit Protection - MCB 2
Step Indicating Lamps 10
On / Off push buttons 10
Step protection - MCCB, CVS Type, 25kA - 100A 1 Set 1
37/32.1 Supply and laying of following size PVC/XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed 1.1 KV G Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988 armoured U.G. cable U.G. cable laid in ground/partially in air (as required for termination over ground including excavation of cable trench up to depth of 75cm, refilling, protective brick covering, Sand cushioning etc complete handling of surplus spoil, debris et to proper place as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make) .
32.1.3 3&1/2core A2XFY
32.1.3.4 70.00 Sq. mm.3 & 1/2 Core armoured U.G. cable Mtr 100
32.1.3.7 150.00 Sq. mm.3 & 1/2 Core armoured U.G. cable Mtr 160
71 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
38/32.5 Supply and laying of following size Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988, LT armoured U.G. cable laid in pucca flooring, road crossing, drain crossing as per site requirement and partially in air to connection as approved by the Depts. the control switch, through medium duty G.I. pipe (Tata/ Nezone make or equivalent as approved by the Deptt) bend and socket including excavation and refilling the trench and making good damage done as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make)
32.5.3 3&1/2core A2XWY,A2XFY
32.5.3.4 70.00 Sq.mm 3&1/2 Core U.G. cable in 50mm dia medium duty hot dip galvanised pipe (AKG or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.)
Mtr 300
32.5.3.7 150.00 Sq.mm 3&1/2 Core U.G. cable in 65mm dia medium duty hot dip galvanised pipe (AKG or equivalent as approved by the Deptt.)
Mtr 50
39/SB15.1 Supplying installation, testing and commissioning of Passenger Elevator(KONE make for 3stop(544 K 8 persons) having contract speed of 0.65 Metre/Sec(approx.)mps serving different floor in the existing lift shaft as per detailed specification enclosed and as under
Location of the lift-
1.Type & Capacity-Passenger-08 Persons-544Kg.
2.Speed- 0.65 Metre./Sec (approx.)
72 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE
OFFERED IN
WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
IN WORDS
3.Type of Drive- Variable Voltage Variable Frequency Drive with Microprocessor based Simplex Full Collective Control.
4. Location of Machine Room- Top
5. Available Travel- 7.2 metres. ( Maximum)
6. Serving- Ground Floor to 2nd Floor (0,1,2) 3 Stops 3 Levels 3 Openings
7. Well Size- 1850 mm WideX 1850 mm Deep over the finished surface
8. Power supply- 415 Volts 3 phase, 50 cycles alternating current
9. Auxiliary required:-single phase-220V,50cycle alternating current.
10. Auxiliary Required- Single-phase 220 V 50 Cycles alternating current.
11. Cab size (Clear Inside approx.---1300mm wideX1100 mm Deep.
12. Pit Depth--1600 mm
13. Head Room-4800 mm.
14. Car Enclosure- Stainless Steel Car- Hairline Finish.
15. Flooring- PVC Flooring
16. Electric Light- Fluorescent Light Fittings
17. Fan- 300 mm Sweep one number.
18. No of Entrances- One Location - Front.
19. Car Entrance- Centre Opening Stainless Steel Power Door without vision panel.
20. Landing Entrance- Centre Opening Stainless Steel Power Door without vision panel.
21. Clear Opening- 800 mm Wide X 2000 mm High.
22. Indicators-Car & Landings-Direction & Position Indicator.
Other Features --Emergency Alarm & Light.
Call Registration LEDS .
OSG Electronic Switch.
Fireman Drive
Intercom.
Full Length Infra Red door Safety.
KONE Rescue Device. Job 3
73 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
UNIT RATE
OFFERED
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED
UNIT RATE OFFERED IN WORDS
TOTAL AMOUNT OFFERED IN WORDS
40/2.6 Wiring for circuit wiring with P.V.C. insulated single core unsheathed industrial (Multistrand) cable FR conforming to IS-694: 1990 with flexible bright annealed electrolytic copper conductor for voltage grade up to 1100 volts (Finolex /RR Kabel /Nicco / Anchor or Equivalent Make as approved by the Deptt.) in surface/ recessed PVC conduit (Berlia/ AKG / Precision/ Presto Plast/Polycab/ MW or equivalent make as approved by the Deptt.) wiring system.
2.6.2 With 3 x 1.5 sq. mm. cable in 20 mm dia. 2mm thick/ heavy rigid PVC IS: 9537 Part - III conduit. Mtr 5000
41/29.7 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Air cooled Ceiling Suspended Duct able Split type Air conditioners of following capacities suitable for refrigerant R22/R407C with outdoor unit consisting of hermetically sealed imported power efficient Scroll compressors, condenser coil and condenser fan and indoor unit consisting of evaporating coil, blower fan, motor & filter. Both cooling coil & condenser coil will be made up of copper-internally grooved with slit fins, anti corrosion blue fins along. The control system shall be microprocessor bases with following safety inbuilt: HP/LP cut-out, SPPR (protection against single phasing & reverse polarity) In-built thermal/temperature protection. Microprocessor controller is provided with following features: Auto switch on or off of memory back up of settings Auto restart after power failure Runtime equalisation of the compressors Built-in time delay to protect compressors Fault diagnostics to facilities speedy correction The cost of the machines will also include 20G hard drawn copper refrigerant piping properly saddles using wall spacers.
29.7.5 16.6Tr Each 2
42/32.5 Load security to be paid to local APDCL Authority. KW 180
74 | P a g e
EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION:-
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
1/35.1
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of the following capacity Copper wound out door type sub-station complete with transformer,HT/LT side fittings and all other following accessories as required complete including payment of ASEB's supervision charge, labour charge, cost of ASEB's materials like metering equipment, CT/PT set etc.(excluding payment of load security),arrangement of charging approval of sub-station from Chief Electrical inspectorate and consisting of the followings:
35.1.6) 250KVA,50Hz,11/.433KV oil filled
transformer with off circuit tap change. Each 1
2/22.7
Installation of earth station with 40mm dia and 4.5 mtr. long GI pipe with necessary GI reducing socket 40mmx20mm size locking arrangement with hinged cover plate, funnel, GI nuts, thorough bolts etc.for putting pipe and refitting with necessary enclosure on the top etc. as required complete.
Each 6
3/22.12
Extra for using salt 5Kg and charcoal 64 Kg. for pipe earth electrode as required.
Each 6
4/22.15
Supplying and laying with 6 SWG GI earth wire at 0.50 mtr. below ground level or conductor earth electrode including soldering, excavation work and refitting etc.as required complete.
Mtr 120
75 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
5/41.4
Supplying including installation, testing and commissioning of Water Cooled Jackson Diesel Generator set coupled to suitable alternator of 415 V, AC, 3-Phase 0.8 p.f.(la mounted on a 1) M.S. Fabricated base frame.,2) M.S. fuel tank of required capacity.,3) Residual Silencer.,4) AMF/Standard Control Panel.5) Suitable batteries with lead.,5) First fill of lube oil.,6) Acoustic Enclosure complete with all accessories as specified and directed by the department conforming to IS comprising the following Technical Specification.. (RANGE FROM 15 KVA TO 625 KV
41.4.21
TECHNICAL DATA CJ250D5P GENERATOR SET SPECIFICATIONS 250/200 3. No. of Phases. 3 phase. 4. POWER FACTOR 0.8 LAG JACKSON ENGINE SPECIFICATION. 1. make). Cummins 2. Model. 6CTA-8.3-G4 3. No. of Cylinders. 6 4. Aspiration. TURBO CHARGED AIR TO AIR COOLED 5. Cooling. Water Cooled. 6. Governor. Electronic 7. Battery Capacity Rating. 2x12 Volt. 8. FUEL CONSUMPTION LTR/HR @ 75% LOAD 40.8 ALTERNATOR SPECIFICATION. 1. make). CGT (STAMFOR 2. Voltage Regulation. +/- 1.0% 3. Insulation. Class - H. 4. Standard Enclosure. IP 23 5. No. of Phases. 3
41.4.21.2
WITH AMF CONTROL PANEL Each 1
76 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
6/23.8
Supplying, erection, testing and commissioning of 25 M high mast system with its accessories such as foundation bolts manufactured from special steel along with nuts, washers, anchor plates and templates, non-integral flood light luminaries with 2 nos 400 W HPSVT lamps and its control gear boxes (Bajaj/ Crompton/ Wipro/ HPL/ Solar/ Philips make) twin dome aviation obstruction lights of with Neon spiral lamps, control panel housing 32 A TPN MCB incomer, single dial timer contactor circuit for the automatic control of luminaries, outgoing terminals and control circuit for the power tool motor. Mast shaft shall be in two sections, hot dip galvanised and suitable for wind velocity as per IS 875. It shall also include accessories for high mast including head frame, steel rope 6 mm dia ( 7 / 19 construction) , trailing cable, double drum winch, Galvanised Lantern carriage arrangement suitable for 9 luminaries symmetrically & its control gear boxes and lightning finial. The mast shall be erected on suitable shallow foundation with 1 : 2 : 4 concrete for the high mast considering the safe soil bearing capacity at site as 10 T / Sq meter at 2 metre depth. The mast shall have an integral power tool installed inside the base compartment for its operation.(BAJAJ/ SRB/VALMONT/ PHILIPS/ PARUTHI ENGR make)
Supply of foundation bolts manufactured from special steel along with nuts, washers, anchor plates and templates.
Supply of 9 nos. non-integral flood light luminaries with two nos 400 W HPSVT lamps and its control gear boxes.
Supply of twin dome aviation obstruction lights of with Neon spiral lamps.
77 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
Supply of control panel housing 32 A TPN MCB incomer, single dial timer contactor circuit for the automatic control of luminaries, outgoing terminals and control circuit for the power tool motor.
Construction of suitable shallow foundation with 1 : 2 : 4 concrete for the high mast considering the safe soil bearing capacity at site as 10 T / Sq meter at 2 metre depth with all materials and labour.
Erection of the high mast with the help of suitable equipments and Wiring of luminaries with all Wiring materials and labour.
provision of GI pipe earthing for high mast with 2.5 m long 40 mm dia GI pipe including connection as approved by the Deptt.)to high mast terminal with 25 x 3 mm GI strip with all materials and labour. ( 2 nos per mast require .
Erection of the above panel on suitable foundation including all materials and labour. Each 2
6/23.11
Supplying including installation, connection as approved by the Deptt.)with 2x2.5 sq mm copper FR cable, testing and commissioning of following BOLLARD LIGHT on Cement concrete foundation including lamp, driver, ballast as required complete as directed and specified by the deptt.
23.11.2
FGC 1 2X PLS /2P 9W, Philips make) . or equivalent (Equivalent will be selected by the deptt considering the mother items rate) WIPRO/ JAQUAR make. Each 35
78 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
7/26.3
Supply with fitting & fixing 60 mm dia 3660 mm height 2-in-one combination double arm integrated with acrylic diffusers, translucent top, bottom clear , black powder painted finish tubular pole .The pole is made of GI tube with GI cylindrical control box with service door and a circular base plate . The pole is swaged at the top to accommodate double arm bracket assembly, secured on to the top by means of 2 annular rings with Allen grub screws .The luminaries is designed for and integral with 2 nos 36 W CFL suitable for operation on 240 V 50 Hz single phase AC supply . The pole is to be fitted on 1:3:6 PCC pole foundation of size 300 mmx300 mmx1200 mm with grouting nuts & bolts as specified & directed by the deptt .(Metal Coats make).KALINGA-2 model or equivalent. Each 30
8/32.1
Supply and laying of following size PVC/XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed 1.1 KV G Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988 armoured U.G. cable U.G. cable laid in ground/partially in air (as required for termination over ground including excavation of cable trench up to depth of 75cm, refilling, protective brick covering, Sand cushioning etc complete handling of surplus spoil, debris et to proper place as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make) .
32.1.1.
1 4.00mm2 2core U.G.Cable. mtr 200
79 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
9/32.5
Supply and laying of following size Solid Aluminium conductor up to 10 sq mm balance stranded conductor, XLPE Insulated, cores laid up, PVC tape inner sheathed, Armour (Aluminium for single core up to 70 sq mm balance Aluminium strip, Galvanised for cables up to 2x10 sq mm.3x10 sq mm,4x6 sq mm balance all galvanised steel strip) , extruded PVC Type ST2 sheathed, 650/1100V grade as per IS 7908(Part 1) 1988, LT armoured U.G. cable laid in pucca flooring, road crossing, drain crossing as per site requirement and partially in air to connection as approved by the Depts. the control switch, through medium duty G.I. pipe (Tata/ Nezone make or equivalent as approved by the Deptt) bend and socket including excavation and refilling the trench and making good damage done as specified and directed by the deptt. (Nicco/ Havells/ RPG/CCI/Polycab/Gloster/ Finolex make)
32.5.1
Core - 2 A2XWaY A2XFaY
32.5.1.
1
4.00mm2 4core U.G.Cable in 25mm dia GI pipe mtr 600
10New1
Supplying including installation with required bracket, connection cable, as approved by the Deptt. with 2x2.5 sqmm copper FR CABLE, testing and commissioning of the following street light/ FLOOD LIGHT on existing pole/ Structure including lamp, driver, ballast as required complete as directed and specified by the deptt.
New1.1
Philips 120 W, Uniflood integral flood light with driver inside a PDC housing highly efficient, reliable and sturdy Model BVP120 LED 70 CW NB FG S1 PSU GR or equivalent as approved by the Deptt. Each 46
80 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
11/39.7.4
Supplying including installation, connection as approved by the Deptt., testing and commissioning of SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SET 3 (Three Phase) with steel cable rope and submersible cable complete as directed and specified by the deptt.
Three phase Submersible motor pump set (Texmo / Crompton Greaves/ Aquatic/ CRI/ V-Guar suitable for 100 mm bore well and above. 3 HP STAGE 7 to 40 with MCB controlled Submersible motor pump set control panel. Each 2
12/36.40
Construction of 3 phase 11 KV Line on 8.5 m PSC Pole using AAA Raccoon conductor 7/3.81mm with T cross arm average span 70m. Km 0.50
13/EC6.2
Supplying including installation, testing and commissioning of Solar Street light as per following specification and as directed by the Department.
15 W LED SOLAR STREET LIGHT [Confirming RDSO Specification No: RDSO/PE/SPEC/PS/0093-2008(Rev 0)]
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION 15 W LED based luminaries/fixture
(1500 Lumens –typical). LED Type: White High Powered
LED’s 5500-6500 K temperature.
81 | P a g e
Sl. No. Description of works Unit Qty.
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(R
s)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
Automatic Dusk to Dawn Operate ion. Independent standalone Solar Street Lighting System.
Powered by a 12V, 80 Wp Solar PV Module confirming RDSO Part-I Approval & IEC: 61215
Certification. (Model: TBP 1280/ 1280M). (make: TATA BP SOLAR or equivalent)
12V, 75Ah @ C10, Tubular Plate Lead Acid Low Maintenance Battery with PP Container
(make: TATA BP SOLAR or equivalent).
Battery Box made of M.S fabricated with corrosion resistance paint.
6m height MS Pole with corrosion resistance paint.
Manufacturers Criteria:
Must have ISO: 9001 & ISO: 14001 Certification.
(As per Annexure A: Clause no: b, Page 10)
Must have integrated production capacity of Solar PV Cell & Module.
(As per Annexure A: Clause no: d, Page: 10)
SUGGESTED UNIT PRICE
Unit Cost Without Installation & Commissioning) Each 30
Installation & Commissioning Charges Each 30
Note:-This estimate is prepared on the basis of APWD(Electrical)Schedule 2014.
82 | P a g e
SANITARY WORKS
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUA
NTIT
Y
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
EUROPEAN TYPE WATER CLOSET
1 Providing fitting and fixing vitreous china pedestal type water closet (European type W.C pan 400mm high ) with seat and lead ,CP brass hinges and rubber buffers , CI/MS brackets , 40 mm dia flush band with fittings including painting of fittings and brackets, required. (Flushing Cistern to be paid separately)
C) Jaquar make
a) White
(ii) Size 550 x 350 x 360 (Cat No.CNS-WHT-WS02) (inclusive of seat cover)
Each 75.00
INDIAN TYPE WATER CLOSET
2 Providing fitting and fixing vitreous water closet squatting pan (Indian type W.C Orissa pattern) with all fittings and fixtures complete including cutting and making good to the walls and floors whereever required. (Flushing Cistern to be paid separately)
Indian type W.C Orissa pattern of size 580 x 440 mm
a) White
iii) Jaquar make Each 5.00
PVC FLUSHING CISTERN
Supplying, fiting and fixing PVC flushing cistern with all internal fittings with CI brackets including fitting and fixing standard size CP flush pipe, union clamps etc. compete as directed and specified (pipes will be measured separately)
i) Parryware make
a) White
(i)Economy Single Flush (Cat No.C8090/C8055)
Each 80
Providing fitting and fixing vitreous china flat back type lipped front urinal basin with standard flush pipe and CP brass spreader andbrass unions, etc. complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls & floors wherever required.
(B) Hindware Make
(iv) FB 460 x 350 x 260 (Cat. No.60001)
Each 46
83 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUA
NTIT
Y
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
WASH BASIN
3 Providing vitreous China wash basin with CI/MS brackets, C.P brass chain with plug,PVC waste pipe including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required. (Pillar cock, stop cocks, waste coupling are to be paid separately)
Basin (without pedestal)
(B) Hindware Make
(a) White
(iii) Viking 550 x 400 (Cat.No.10008) Each 70.00
4 LABORATORY SINK
Providing fitting & fixing laboratory sink of Parryware make with CI/MS brackets, C.P. brass chain with rubber plug, PVC waste pipe etc. complete including painting the fittings ,cutting &making good the walls wherever required. (Sink cock, stop cocks, waste coupling are to be paid separately.
(B) Hindware make
(a) White
(ii) Size 450 x 300 x 180 (Cat.No.50001) each 6.00
5 Providing fitting and fixing Mirror with plastic frame of size 500x400mm complete as directed and specified.
Each 48.00
6 Providing fitting and fixing Glass Shelf complete as directed and specified.
Glass shelf with C.P. guard rail
(i) Agmeco make
(e) Dolfee (Cat.No.DE-00104) Each 48.00
7 SOAP TRAY,SOAP DISH,LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER AND LIQUID SOAP CONTAINER
Providing, fitting and fixing recessed soap tray / soap dish complete as directed and specified.
(a) Parryware Make
(ii) Wall Soap tray (Cat. No.C9951) Each 36.00
8 Providing, fitting and fixing CP towel rail complete as directed and specified.
(b) Sona make
84 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUA
NTIT
Y
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
(iii) Towel rail Diplomat 600mm long (Cat.No.TR-0605) Each 28.00
9 Providing, fitting and fixing Chrome Plated robe hook complete as directed and specified.
(a) Jaquar make
(i) Continental (Cat.No. ACN-1191N) Each 36.00
10 Providing, fitting and fixing Chrome Plated bottle trap complete as directed and specified.
(b) Sona make
(i) Bottle trap indian 32mm (Cat. No.BT-0751) Each 36.00
11 HCI PIPES,BENDS,JUNCTIONS,TEES ETC.
Supplying, fitting and fixing I.S.I marked or similar approved H.C.I pipe including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required and complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.
a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.
(i) 150mm dia. RM
245.0
0
(ii) 100mm dia. RM
126.0
0
(iii) 50mm dia. RM 115.00
b) Concealed by chiselling or breaking brick wall/C.C./R.C.C and making good to the damages.
(ii) 100mm dia. RM
240.0
0
(iii) 50mm dia. RM
115.0
0
12 Supplying, fitting and fixing H.C.I bend with door including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.
a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.
(i) 150mm dia. Each 56.00
(ii) 100mm dia. Each 52.00
(iii) 50mm dia. Each 44.00
b) Concealed by chiselling or breaking brick wall/C.C./R.C.C and making good to the damages.
(ii) 100mm dia. Each 48.00
85 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUA
NTIT
Y
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
13 Supplying,fitting and fixing H.C.I plain bend including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.
a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.
(i) 150mm dia. Each 30.00
(ii) 100mm dia. Each 30.00
(iii) 50mm dia. Each 30.00
14 PVC PIPES,BENDS,JUNCTIONS,TEES ETC.
Supplying, fitting and fixing PVC pipes of 6 Kg/cm2 (Supreme/Prince) or other ISI approved including joining ,fitting and fixing wiyh clamps etc.as necessary complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.
a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.
(i) 160mm dia. R.m 240.0
0
(ii) 110mm dia. R.m 125.0
0
(v) 63 mm dia. R.m 115.00
15 Supplying fiting and fixing 87.5 degree PVC bend with door of (Supreme/Prince) or other ISI approved including joining , fitting and fixing etc. as necessary complete at all levels including below G.L. as directed and specified.
a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.
(i) 160mm dia Each 45.00
(ii) 110mm dia. Each 45.00
(iv) 75 mm dia. Each 45.00
16 Providing fitting and fixing PVC cowel of ISI make complete as directed and specified.
(ii) 110mm dia. PVC cowel of ISI make Each 42.00
17 Providing fiting & fixing C.I. Grating to the floors complete as directed and specified.
(a) 110mm dia Each 45.00
86 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUA
NTIT
Y
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
18 Supplying fiting and fixing PVC reducing Tee of (Supreme/Prince) or other ISI approved including joining , fitting and fixing etc. as necessary complete at all levels including below G.L. as directed and specified.
a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.
(i) 160mm x 110 mm Each 38.00
19 Supplying, fitting and fixing H.C.I plain single equal junction/plain tee including bolts and nuts and other fittings as required complete at all levels including below G.L as directed and specified.
a) In exposed surfaces or in trenches.
(ii) 100mm dia. Each 28.00
20 SOAK PIT AND INSPECTION CHAMBER
21 Construction of filter bed in soak pit including earth work in excavation of soil and then filling up of the trench with brick bats/Charcoal covered with earth over a layer of A.C. plain sheet above brick bat filling complete as directed. (sizes of soak pit may vary depending on the sizes and capacities of the septic tank as well as the number of users as mentioned in the table.
cum 32.00
Construction of inspection pit inside measurement 450mm x450mm x450mm flush with 100mm diameter HCI/PVC pipes and cement concrete base in proportion 1:3:6 over flat brick soling, 12cm brick wall in cement mortar in proportion 1:4 finished with 13mm cement plaster in proportion 1:2 in side wall and floor. 450mm x450mm air tight C.I. inspection pit cover and frame complete including supplying of materials, necessary excavation of pit as directed. Each 25.00
22 Providing fitting and fixing 450mm dia. 90mm thick C.I. Man hole cover and frame of 19 Kg. weight complete as directed and specified
Each
23 Providing fitting and fixing (600x600)mm 90mm thick C.I. Man hole cover and frame of 25 Kg. weight complete as directed and specified
Each 16.00
87 | P a g e
88 | P a g e
INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY WORKS
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UNI
T
QUAN
TITY
Unit Rate offered(R
s) Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
1 Supplying fitting and fixing G.I. Pipes
of following sizes, with all necessary
'R' brand or similar approved G.I.
Fittings such as bend, tee, elbow,
reducer, nipple, plug, long screw
fitting, H.W. clamps etc.complete at
all levels including below G.L. as
directed and specified.
(A) Exposed on walls
a) 50 mm dia (Medium)
i) Using Tata make
R.M.
226.0
0
b) 40 mm dia (Medium)
i) Using Tata make
R.M.
135.0
0
c) 32 mm dia (Medium)
i) Using Tata make
R.M.
126.0
0
d) 25 mm dia (Medium)
i) Using Tata make R.M. 86.00
e) 20mm dia (Medium)
i) Using Tata make R.M. 86.00
(B) Concealed by chieselling or
breaking brick wall/ C.C. wall/ R.C.C.
wall and making good to the
damaged structure.
f) 15 mm dia (Medium)
i) Using Tata make R.M. 86.00
2 Supplying fitting and fixing C.P. bib
cock 15mm dia of approved brand
directed and specified. (G.I. & C.P
pipes will be measured separately)
Jaquare make
(a)Continental /Clarion
(i)Standard Each 76.00
3 STOP COCK Supplying fitting and fixing chrome
plated (C.P.) stop-cock of approved
brand and size as mentioned below
as directed and specified.(G.I. & C.P
pipes will be measured and paid
separately)
89 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UNI
T
QUAN
TITY
Unit Rate offered(R
s) Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
Jaquar
(i)15mm dia Male / Female (long
thread) Each 58.00
PUSH BIB COCK
Supplying fitting and fixing push bib
cock 15mm dia complete as directed
and specified as follows. (pipes will
be measured and paid separately).
a) C.P.C.H.
(a) Light type Each 22.00
(b) Heavy type Each 10.00
PILLAR COCK
4 Supplying and fitting fixing C.P. pillar
cock of 15mm dia of approved
brand as specified and directed.
Jaguar make
(a) Continental Each 28.00
(b)Long neck with areator
Each 12.00
Agmeco (classic)
Elbow action pillar cock (Agmeco)
(b) MS-491/ Heavy Duty Each 12.00
5 SINK COCK Supplying fitting and fixing Chrome
Plated (C.P.) sink cock of approved
brand as directed and specified. (G.I.
& C.P pipes will be measured and
paid separately)
Jaquar brand
ii) Sink cock with raised 'J' shaped
swinging spout
Each 10.00
VALVE
7 Supplying and fitting gun metal
country pit valve (full way valve)
I.S.I. Make as specified and
directed.
a) 50mm dia Each 10.00
8 Supplying and placing plastic
cylindrical vertical claused top
(PCVC) tank of Sintex / Polycon /
Patton make over the stagging with
manhole cover with locking and
cleaning arrangement including
providing pads of size as required
for inlet and outlet pipes
2000 Lt capacity
90 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UNI
T
QUAN
TITY
Unit Rate offered(R
s) Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
(a) Sintex make Each 6
9 Labour for test boring with 40mm
(internal) dia G.I. Pipes including
keeping surplus of earth and every
2.00m after first 3.00m depth and
delivering the same in nearest
P.W.D. camp in the small tin
container (container, scaffolding,
tools etc. will have to be arranged
by the contractor at his own cost). Rm 200
10 Labour for boring hole for inserting
tube well pipes through different
soil/ rock media including hire
charges of drill pipes, scaffolding,
tools and plants as necessary and
taking out the same and lowering
pipes, fittings complete as directed
by the Department.
vi) Bore hole of 200mm diameter
Rm 200
11 Supplying, fitting and fixing pipes
plain/bevel ended for casing,
conforming to relevant IS codes of
practice including supplying and
fitting of tube well accessories,
lowering of assembly pipes
concentrically in the borehole
followed by supplying and packing
of pea gravel free from dirt, dust
and other foreign materials in the
annular space between the
borehole and assembly pipes
complete as directed by the
Department.
PVC PIPE
SUPREME /PRINCE / FUSION /SFMC
Brand
vii) 160mm diameter Rm 200
12 Supplying, fitting and fixing suction
pipes plain/bevel ended,
conforming to relevant IS codes of
practice including supplying and
fitting of accessories, lowering of
assembly pipes concentrically in the
casing pipes complete as directed.
A) G.I. pipe
a) TATA / SAIL (Medium)socket
should be welded to the pipes.
iv) 50mm diameter Rm 200.0
91 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UNI
T
QUAN
TITY
Unit Rate offered(R
s) Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate offered in
words
Total Amt offered in
words
13 Supplying fitting and fixing brass
Tez filter 2.00 metre long.
Each 8.00
14 Supplying fitting and fixing check
valve (non return valve) including
thread to pipes.
iv) 50mm diameter Each 8.00
15 Development of the tube well with
compressor or by over pumping unit
for 48 hours till sand free discharge
is obtained job 1.00
16 Flushing, clearing, washing and
watering of the tube well job 1.00
17 Supplying, installation and
commisioning of submessible
pump from underground
reservoir to PVC overhead reservor of hospital and
quarters. each 2.00
IRON REMOVAL WATER FILTER
18 Supplying fitting and fixing iron
removal filter filling with treated
sand, pebbles, manganishdioxide
and other required materials of
various filtration rate per hour of
DOLPHIN make with all necessary
fittings such as valve,bib cock,pipe
connection etc.with a free
maintanance period of six monthhs
(A) With Zoloto fittings
(IV) 10000 liters capacity (a) 4 mm thick Vessel
Each 3.00
92 | P a g e
Sewage treatment plant & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION OF
ITEMS UNIT
QUANTI
TY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
RAINWATER HERVESTING
SYSTEM
For R.C.C Roof
Providing,Fixing, testing
&Commissioning of Rain
water Hervesting system
for 1000 sq.feet roof area
with 110 mm uPVC pipe
of Class-3 conforming to
IS:4985-200 (with
uptodate amendment)
with extra UV ray
protection by Titanium
Dioxide(TiO2) directing
the Rainwater to Rainy
filter/Pop-up raintap filter
(Excluding Civil Works)
Each
10.00
Sewage treatment plant
1 Attached growth aerobic
Sewage treatment System
with FRP treatment
chamber with all
components including
Tertiary filtration system
and clorine dosing system
to achieve treated water
quality suitable for reuse
or discharge as per CPCB
norms.
e) Capacity-40 KLD each 1.00
93 | P a g e
Sewage treatment plant & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
1 Controller , Call
Station , Keypad Nos 2.00
2 Ceiling Mounted
Speaker 6W
Nos 15.00
3 Wall mount speaker
12W
Nos 20.00
4 Amplifier Nos 2.00
5 SITC of 19-inch
Equipment Rack
with standardized
(EIA 310-D, IEC
60297 and DIN
41494 SC48D) frame
or enclosure for
mounting multiple
PA controllers, CD
player, FM sources,
Amplifiers etc
modules, shall have
Lockable doors,
with proper
ventilated and open
able doors from all
sides, with casters
and with cooling
fans as above
complete with
necessary mounting
hardware &
accesories.
Nos 2.00
6 SITC of
Professional
CD/DVD player with
USB flash port & 19"
Rack mount
arrangement
Nos 2.00
7 SITC of 2-Core 1.5
sq.mm Shielded
FRLS Cable Nos 250.00
94 | P a g e
( CH-29: FIRE-FIGHTING WORKS ) & NS Items
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
A. HYDRANT SYSTEM
1 Providing,Fixing, testing
&Commissioning of Single Headed Gun
Metal ISI Marked oblique pattern
Hydrant Landing Valve with 80 mm dia,
flanged inlet & 63 mm dia
instantaneous type female outlet
complete with cap and chain, twist
release lug and all accessories as per
IS:5290-19833 (Type-'A') and
specifications complete as reequired .
(MAKE:ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE)
18 each
2 Providing controlled percolating (C.P.)
hose ISI Marked (IS:8423) 63 mm dia X
15 M long complete with instantaneous
type Gun Metal 63 mm dia ISI Marked
male & female couplings (IS:903) bound
& riveted to hose pipes with copper
rivets and copper wire complete as
required.
(MAKE: NIRMAL RUBBER/NEWAGE)
12 each
3 Providing RRL Hose with ISI Marked
(IS:636) 63 mm dia X15 M long
complete with instantaneous type Gun
Metal 3 mm dia ISI Marked male &
female couplings (IS:903) bound &
riveted to hose pipes with copper rivets
and copper wire complete as reqd.
( MAKE: NIRMAL RUBBER/NEWAGE)
24 each
95 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
4 Providing & fixing of weather proof
hose cabinets fabricated from 16 S.W.G.
M.S. Sheet with centre opening full
front glass door and locking
arrangement, suitable to accommodate
one landing valve (Yard Hydrant ),
2nos.15M long hoses and 1 no. Branch
pipe with nozzle . The cabinet shall be
painted with one coat of primer and 2
or more coats of synthetic enamel paint
of approved make & shade and shall be
suitably mounted on a raised masonry
platform complete as reqd.(Make:self
Fabricated)
4.1 a) 900X600X450 12 each
4.2 b) 2000 X 1200 X450 12 each
5 Providing & Fixing of Gun Metal 63 mm
dia Short Branch Pipe with 20 mm dia
nozzle, ISI marked (IS:903) complete as
required.
(Make: ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE).
26 each
6
Providing & Fixing of Gun Metal fire
Brigade Connection (inlet collection
head) consisting of 63mm
instantaneous type male coupling with
built in check valves and 150 mm dia
flanged outlet complete with bolts, nuts
and rubber insertions as per IS:904-
1983 complete as reqd.
MAKE: ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE
6.1 a) 02 way 2 each
6.2 b) 04 way 1 each
96 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
7 Providing & fixing of Gun Metal fire
Brigade connection (withdrawl
connecting head) consisting of 63mm
instantaneous type male coupling with
built in check valves and 150mm dia
flanged outlet complete with bolts, nuts
and rubber insertions as per IS:904-
1983 complete as reqd.
MAKE: ESSEL/WINCO/NEWAGE
7.1 a) 2 way 2 each
7.2 b) 4 way 1 each
8
Providing & Fixing of Weather Proof
M.S. Cabinet (to enclose above Inlet
Collection Head Connection) fabricated
from 16 S.W.G. M.S. sheet centre
opening with 3 mm thick full front glass
door and locking arrangement duly
painted with one coat of primer and
two or more coasts of synthetic enamel
paint of appreoved make and shade and
suitably mounted. Exact size and shape
shall be subject to site conditions and
prior approval.
(Make:Self Fabricated)
1 each
9 Providing & fixing of Gun Metal fire
Brigade suction hose coupling (draw out
connection) with nut for female
coupling as per IS:902-1974 complete
with 150 mm dia GI suction pipe and
foot valve (to be connected to static
Tank) complete as reqd.(Make: Self
Fabricated)
2 each
97 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
10 Providing & fixing of Weather Proof
M.S. cabinet (to enclose above draw out
connection) fabricated from 16SWG
M.S. sheet centre opening with 3mm
thick full front glass door and locking
arrangement duly painted with one coat
of primer and two or more coats of
synthetic enamel paint of appreoved
make and shade and sutable mounted .
Exact size and shape shall be subject to
site conditions and prior approval)
(Make: Self Fabricated)
2 each
11 Providing ,Fixing ,Testing &
Commissioning of Air Release Valve
11.1 a) 25 mm dia 4 each
13 Providing,Fixing,Testing &
Commissioning of Mild Steel Black
Pipe(IS:1239part-I) Heavy class including
cutting, screwing, welding etc.complete
with all fittings (butt welded) viz
flanges, bends, tees, elbows, reducers
etc including excavation (upto 1.5 m
Deep), back filling and removal of
surplus soil & providing anti corrosive
treatment(coating and wrapping) as per
IS:10221 with 4 mm thick tape complete
as reqd.
(MAKE:TATA/JINDAL/NEZONE)
a) 200 mm dia 260 rm
13.1 b) 150 mm dia 126 rm
c) 100 mm dia 124 rm
d) 80 mm dia 65 rm
e) 65 mm dia 65 rm
f) 40 mm dia 65 rm
98 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
14 Supplying & Fixing Cast iron body Non
Return valves complete with matching
flanges, rubber insertion, nuts, bolts
and washer etc. (IS:5312) of following
sizes complete as reqd.
(Make:Koley/Kalpana/Audco)
(a) 150 mm dia 3 each
(c) 80 mm dia 1 each
15 Supplying & Fixing,cast iron body
Butterfly Valves with matching flanges,
rubber insertion, nuts, bolts and washer
etc (IS:13095) of following size complete
as reqd.
(MAKE:KOLEY/KALPANA/AUDCO)
15.1 (a) 200 mm dia 3 each
15.2 (b) 150 mm dia 3 each
15.3 (d) 80 mm dia 1 each
16 Providing, Erection, Testing &
Commissioning of Cast Iron Sluice
Valve/ Gate Valve confirming to
IS:14846/2000 complete with
matching flanges, rubber insertion,
nuts, bolts and washer etc of following
size complete as required
(MAKE:KOLEY/KALPANA/AUDCO)
16.1 (a) 200 mm dia 2 each
17 Providing, erection testing,
Commissioning of Cast Iron Foot
Valve/Stainer confirming to
IS:4038/1538 complete with flanges,
nuts, bolts and washer etc as required
17.1 (a) 200 mm dia 2 each
99 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
18 Providing,erection testing &
commissioning of pressure gauge 100
mm dia (0-10Kg/cm2)
8 each
19 Providing ,erection,Testing &
Commissioning of Pressure Switch
(MAKE:INDFOSS)
5 each
21 Supply,installation,testing &
commissioning of 150 mm dia
installation control valve assembly
comprising of vertical wet alarm valve,
hydraulic alarm motor & gong, 15 mm
dia Test Valve, 50 mm dia , Drain Valve
and all necessary trimming connections
including 02 nos. pressure gauge as per
manufacturers catalogue complete as
reqd.(UL/FM/LPC Listed/Approved)
(Make : HD FIRE )
2 each
22 Supplying and laying of following size
NP2 class RCC Hume pipe i/c collars
jointed with stiff mixture of cement
morter 1:2 ( 1 cement:2 fine sand)
across the road including cutting the
road ( if reqd) digging the trench,
refilling the same after laying pipe,
ramming the soil etc as reqd.
22.1 (a) 400 mm dia 24 rm
22.2 (b) 300 mm dia 24 rm
23 Supplying, Installation, Testing &
Commissioning of First Aid Hose reel
drawn with 30 Mtrs. Long rubber hose
and G.M shut off nozzle, 25mm dia Gate
valve, Union pipe complete set
confirming to IS: 884.
18 each
100 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
26
Supply, Installation, Fixing of CARBON
DIOXIDE Fire Extinguisher confirming to
IS: 2878 with ISI Mark.(4.5 LITERS)
BRAND: FIRESTOP / FIREND /
FIRESHIELD
10 each
27
Supply, Installation, Fixing of ABC Stored
Pressure Fire Extinguisher with built – In
pressure Gauge to know the Ready ness
of the Extinguisher Squeeze Grip Handle
As per IS:13849 with ISI mark
(05 kg capacity)
BRAND : FIRESTOP / FIREND / FIRE
SHIELD
10 each
B. PUMPS AND MACHINERY-
ELECTRICALS
15 HP three Phase vertical multistage
high pressure centrifugal pump set 15
stage (Crompton Greaves/ Aquatic/ CRI/
V-Guard make) with Star delta Starter (
Crompton Greaves/ Control & Switch
Gear/ BCH/ L& T / Siemens make) Fully
Automatic citation
2
Each
101 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
EARTHING
34 Supply, installation & testing of Copper
Plate earth station with 600 mmx600
mmx3 mm copper earth plate with
necessary 40 mm dia. G.I. medium duty
watering pipe with G.I. Fittings such as
Socket, Tee, elbow, nipple and 50
mmx40 mm G.I. reducing socket for
funnel including locking arrangement
with 300 mmx300 mmx6 mm C.I.
hinged cover plate complete with
digging of earth pit, construction of
brick chamber and plastering of both
inner & outer surface of wall as
specified and directed by the deptt .
2 Each
35
Extra for using salt 5 Kg and Charcoal
96 Kg in G.I./Copper plate Earth Station
pit to provide low impedance ground in
location of high soil resistivity as and
when required and specified by the
deptt .
2 Each
36
Supplying & laying of 25x4 mm size
Copper strips drawn on surface from
earth electrode to Electrical switch
gears, machineries etc complete with
supply of Brass nuts & bolts, screws etc
including riveting, soldering & making
necessary connection as approved,
specified and directed by the deptt.
14
Metre.
102 | P a g e
SL.No. Description Quantity Unit
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
37 Supplying & laying of 25x6 mm size G.I.
strips drawn on surface from earth
electrode to Electrical switch gears,
machineries etc complete with supply of
G.I. nuts & bolts, screws etc including
riveting, soldering & making necessary
connection as approved, specified and
directed by the deptt.
42 Metre.
38 Supplying, installation of GI
PERFORATED cable tray on wall or from
ceiling including necessary channel, nuts
and bolts, washer etc. as required as
directed and specified by the
department. (LEGRAND/ AKG
/STRUTFAST make).
38.1 Size of Tray
38.2 76 20 Metre
38.3 101 25 Metre
38.4 304 40 Metre
103 | P a g e
CAMPUS ROAD & CARPARKING
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UN
IT
QUANTI
TY
Unit
Rate
offered(
Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit
Rate
offere
d in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
1 Earthwork
Raising low site around the building
with approved soil obtained from
outside by truck carriage including
breaking clods, dressing etc.
complete including paying necessary
forest royelty, sales tax, land
compensation, municipal gate fees,
if any monopoly duty etc. (profile
measurement to be taken and
12.5% deduction for shrinkage to be
made from total quantity) etc.
complete as directed and specified.
(b) Other than Guwahati city Cum
1154.30
1.01
Construction of Sub-grade and
earthen shoulders with approved
materials obtained from borrow
pits, with all lifts & leads,
transporting to site, spreading,
grading to required slope and
compacting to meet requirement of
table 300-2 (including compensation
of earth ). (Including cost of testing
of materials at site and laboratory as
directed by the deptt.)
b) from Government land
Cu.m 1,154.30
104 | P a g e
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UN
IT
QUANTIT
Y
UNIT
RATE
OFFER
ED(Rs
)
TOTAL
AMT
OFFERE
D(Rs)
UNIT
RATE
OFFE
RED
in
WOR
DS
TOTAL
AMT
OFFERE
D in
WORDS
1.02
Construction of Granular sub-base
by providing close graded material,
spreading in uniform layers with
motor grader on prepared surface,
mixing by mix in place method with
rotavator at OMC, and compacting
with vibratory roller to achieve the
desired density, complete as per
Clause 401 of MoRTH specifications
(with an initial lead of 5 km)
(including cost of testing of
materials at site and laboratory as
directed by the deptt.)
(c)Using Grading III material
cum
577.15
105 | P a g e
SL.
No DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS
UN
IT
QUANTIT
Y
UNIT
RATE
OFFER
ED(Rs
)
TOTAL
AMT
OFFERED(
Rs)
UNIT
RATE
OFFE
RED
in
WOR
DS
TOTAL
AMT
OFFERED
in
WORDS
Providing and laying of inter
locking concrete block
pavement (ICBP) with cement
concrete paver blocks as per
IS 15658 - 2006 of thickness
80mm and 28days
compressive strength not less
than 30N / m over a layer of
bedding sand of compacred
thickness 30mm , laid either in
stretcher / running /
herringbone pattern of bonds
as directed by the engineer
and in proper level and grade
and compacted with
appropriate equipment such
as piat vibrator along with
spreading of a thin layer of
joint filling sand to fill up the
gaps between blocks including
constrution of edge restraint
wherever required complete
as per drawings and Technical
specification clause 1504 of
MORD.
sq.
m 11543.00
106 | P a g e
Landscaping
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUAN
TITY
Unit Rate offered(R
s)
Total Amt offered(Rs
)
Unit Rate
offered in words
Total Amt offered in
words
LAWN MAKING BY DIBBLING
Supplying and dibbling of selected
lawn grass [ Doob grass (Cynodon
dactylon), cushion grass (Axonopus
affinis)] after preparing the land by
ploughing / working to a depth of 40 -
45 cm, removing of all unwanted
debris ( rubbles, pebbles, plant roots
etc.), mixing of organic manure(10kg -
15kg/sq.m), levelling the surface and
initial maintenance by proper and
periodic rolling, mowing and irrigation
etc.( as specified) for a period of six
months from the date of dibbling
including the application of
recommended dose of
fertilizers(N:P:K) mixture as specified
and directed by the department.
(b) By Carpet grass (Axonopus affinis) Sq.m 1250
1 TREE PLANTING
Supplying and planting of ornamental
trees (1'-0" height sapling) including
pit making ( 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm ),
filling the pit with appropriate soil
media, manure and fertilizers as per
specification and necessary
maintenance for a period of one year
from the date of planting complete as
specified and directed .
SHADE TREE
(D) Bottle Brush / Nil Gulmohar /
Debadaru / Weeping Willow
each 250
Half brick circular tree guard internal
diametre 1.25 m and height 1.2 m
above ground and 0.02 m below
ground bottom two coarses laid dry
and top three coarses in cement
mortar 1:6 and the intermediate
coarses being in dry honey comb
masonry as per design complete.
each Rs.50.00
107 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT
QUAN
TITY
Unit Rate offered(R
s)
Total Amt offered(Rs
)
Unit Rate
offered in words
Total Amt offered in
words
HEDGE PLANTING / EXTERNAL
HEDGE
Supplying and planting of suitable
plant materials for preparation
protective / external hedge (50 cm
wide) including the preparation of
the ground by mixing organic manure
and fertilizers as per specification and
necessary maintenance for a period
of one year from the date of planting
complete as specified and directed .
(B) ADOPTING CROSS WISE DOUBLE
ROW PLANTING METHOD
(iii) With Chinese Bamboo metre 200
EDGE PLANTING / INTERNAL HEDGE
Supplying and planting of suitable
plant materials for edge making /
Internal hedge(20 cm wide) including
the preparation of the ground by
mixing organic manure and fertilizers
as per specification and necessary
maintenance for a period of one year
from the date of planting complete as
specified and directed .
(B) ADOPTING CROSS WISE DOUBLE
ROW PLANTING METHOD
(iii) With Brindavan / Latifolius metre 200
SHRUB PLANTING
Supplying and planting of ornamental
shrub ( below 1'-0" height ) including
pit making ( 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm ),
filling the pit with appropriate soil
media, manure and fertilizers as per
specification and necessary
maintenance for a period of one year
from the date of planting complete as
specified and directed .
(A) Radhachura / Krishnachura / Rat ki
rani / Ixora / Jetuka
each
125
108 | P a g e
MAIN GATE
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION OF
ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
1
Structural steel work
in sigle sections
including cutting,
hoisting, fixing in
position and applying
a priming coat of red
lead paint (up to
4.6m height) from
plinth level including
drilling holes,
supplying, fitting and
fixing with bolts and
nuts or welding, if
necessary as directed.
c) In M.S. angles,
channels, Tees etc.
(for Gates in Hospital
and others areas)
SHS 35X35X4.0
25 x 1.8 x 2 x 3.57
Qtl 3.57
RHS 60X40X3.0
8 x 3 x 4.25
Qtl 1.20
SQ BAR 20MM
30 x 1.8 x 2 x 3.14
Qtl 3.77
109 | P a g e
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION OF
ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate offered(Rs)
Total Amt offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
2
Painting two coats
(excluding priming
coat) on new steel
and other metal
surface with enamel
paint of approved
brand and
manufacture(Asian
paint/ Berger paint/
ICI paint/ J & N
paint/ Nerolac) to
give an even shade
including cleaning the
surface of all dirt,
dust and other foreign
matter.
(i).Surfaces over
100mm in width or
girth.
a). General purpose
(Asian paint/ Berger
paint/ ICI paint/ J &
N paint/ Nerolac).
Sqm 26.00
110 | P a g e
COMPOUND WALL
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
1 EARTHWORK
1.01
Earthwork in excavation
for foundation trenches
of walls, retaining walls,
footing of column, steps,
septic tank etc.
including refilling (return
filling) the quantity as
necessary after
completion of work,
breaking clods in return
filling, dressing,
watering and ramming
etc. and removal of
surplus earth with all
lead and lifts as directed
and specified in the
following classification of
soils including bailing
out water where
necessary as directed
and specified.
(A) Up to a depth of
2.00m below the
existing ground level
(a) In ordinary soil
Cum 3.69
2
PLAIN CEMENT
CONCRETE WORKS
111 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
2.01
Plain cement concrete
works with coarse
aggregate of sizes
13mm to 32mm in
foundation bed for
footing steps, walls,
brick works etc. as
directed and specified
including dewatering if
necessary, and curing
complete (shuttering
where necessary shall
be measured and paid
separately).
(a). In prop. 1:3: 6 (1
cement:3 coarse sand :
6 coarse agg. by volume
(using mixture machine)
Cum 0.38
3 REINFORCED CEMENT
CONCRETE WORKS
112 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
3.01
Providing and laying
plain/reinforced cement
concrete works in prop
1:1.5:3 (1 cement :1.5
coarse sand :3 graded
stone chips, 20mm
down) including
dewatering if necessary,
and curing complete but
excluding cost of form
work and reinforcement
for reinforced cement
concrete work (form
work and reinforcement
will be measured and
paid separately)
(i)In substructure up
to plinth level
Foundation, footing,
column with base, tie
and plinth beam, grade
beam, pile cap, base
slab, retaining walls,
walls of septic tank,
inspection pit and the
like and other works not
less than 100mm thick.
Cum 0.68
(ii)In super structure
above plinth level and
at levels.
113 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
3.02
(a) Columns, pillars,
posts, struts, suspended
floor, roof, landing, shelf
and support, balcony,
lintel, sill band, beam,
girder, bressumer,
cantilever, staircase,
ramp including
preparing of top surface
and furnishing and
nosing.
Ground floor to second
floor Cum 1.08
4 FORM WORK
4.01
Providing form work of
ordinary timber planking
so as to give a round
finish including
centering, shuttering,
strutting and propping
etc. height of propping
and centering below
supporting floor to
ceiling not exceeding
4.0M and removal of the
same for in-situ
reinforced concrete and
plain concrete work in:
114 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
(a) Foundation, footings,
bases of columns, pile
cap, raft and mass
concrete works etc.
Using 25mm thick plank Sq.m 3.24
4.02 Sides of tie beams,
grade beams etc. at or
below ground level.
(b) Using 25mm thick
plank Sqm 3.20
4.03 Sides and Soffits of
Beams, beam
haunchings, cantilever
girders, bressumers,
lintels and horizontal
ties.
(a) For depth not
exceeding 1.0M.
(ii) Using 25mm thick
plank Sqm 0.90
5 REINFORCEMENT
115 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
5.01
Supplying, fitting and
fixing in position
reinforcement bars
conforming to relevant
I.S. Code for R.C.C.
work/ R.B. walling
including straightening,
cleaning, cutting and
bending to proper
shapes and length as
per details, supplying
and binding with 20 G
annealed black wire and
placing in position with
proper blocks, supports,
chairs, spacers etc.
complete (up to 1st floor
level).
b) Other ISI approved
TMT reinforcement bar
(SAI/BISCON/THERMAX)
(For Assam Type Bldg.,
drain works,,retaining
wall&boundary wall etc.
.
Qtl 1.30
6 BRICKWORK
116 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
6.01 Brick work in cement
morter with 1st class
brick including racking
out joints and
dewatering if necessary,
and curing complete as
directed in sub-structure
up to plinth level.
(d). In proportion 1:4. Cu.m 0.63
6.02 1st class brick nogged
wall in cement mortar
including racking out
joints and curing
complete as directed in
super structure above
plinth up to 1st floor
level (protruding M.S
rod/Tor steel of column
to be embeded in
cement mortar and will
be measured and paid
separately)
(A) 112mm thick brick
wall
(a) In cement mortar in
proportion 1:4.
(1 cement:4 sand) Sqm 12.5
PLASTERING
117 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
6.03 20 mm thick Cement
plaster in two coats on
single or half brick walls
for interior plastering up
to 1st floor level
including arises, internal
rounded
angles,chamfers and /
or rounded angles not
exceeding 80mm in
girth and finished even
and smooth including
curing complete as
directed.
A) On rough side (backing
coat 15 mm and
finishing coat 5mm thick)
b) In cement mortar 1:4 Sqm 13.05
6.04 15 mm thick Cement
plaster in single coat on
single or half brick wall for
interior plastering up to
1st floor level including
arises, internal rounded
angles, not exceeding
80mm girth and finished
even and smooth including
curing complete as
directed.
B) On fair side
b) In cement mortar 1:4 Sqm 13.05
7 PAINTING
118 | P a g e
SL.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT QUANTITY
Unit Rate
offered(Rs)
Total Amt
offered(Rs)
Unit Rate
offered in
words
Total Amt
offered in
words
7.01 Applying one coat of
cement primer of
approved brand and
manufacture on new
wall surface after
throughly brooming the
surfaces free from
mortar droppings and
other foreign matter and
including preparing the
surface even and sand
papered smooth.
12.5mm thick Sq.m 32.40
7.02 Finishing old / new wall
with water proofing
weather coat smooth
anti-fungal exterior
painting of approved
make of Berger paint of
required shade after
cleaning and clearing
the surface etc.
including scaffolding
complete as directed at
all levels (two coats)
Sqm 32.4
8
8.01 Supplying fitting and
fixing M.S.angles, M.S.
flat, M.S. bolts and nuts
including painting with
red lead paint one coat
complete as directed.
b) M. S. Flats……. Qtl 1.08
119 | P a g e
TERMS OF PAYMENTS:
Payment will be made as per work done / in progress
120 | P a g e
FORM OF BID
(TECHNICAL BID PERFORMA)
Technical bid should be given with complete details of list of material required (per format
below) for the work such as.
SL. No. Scope of work
1 ISBT BUILDING CIVIL WORKS
2 COMMERCIAL BUILDING CIVIL WORKS
3 INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS
4 EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORKS
5 SANITARY INSTALLATION WOEKS
6 WATERSUPPLY WORKS
7 STP & RAINWATER HERVESTING SYSTEM
8 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
9 Fire fighting works
10 SITE DEVELOPMENT , APPROACH ROAD AND CARPARKING
11 LANDSCAPING WORKS.
12 MAIN GATE
13 COMPOUND WALL
14 SCULPTURE (LUMP SUM)
121 | P a g e
PART-I
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
122 | P a g e
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONRACT
Table of Contents
Clause Page
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1. 1) Definitions
2) Singular and Plural
3) Headings or Notes
ENGINEER AND ENGINEER’S REPRESENTATIVE
2. 1) Duties and Power of Engineer
and Engineer’s Representative
ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LETTING
3. Assignment
4.Sub-Letting
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
5. 1) Language’s and Law
2) Documents Mutually Explanatory
6. 1) Custody of Drawings
2) One Copy of Drawings to be kept on site
3) Disruption in Progress
7. Further Drawings and Instructions
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
8. Contractor’s General Responsibilities
9. Contract Agreement
10. Performance Bond / Security Deposit
11. Inspection of Site
12. Sufficiency of Bid
13. Work to be to the Satisfaction of Engineer and the Consultant
14. Programme to be furnished
15. Contractor’s Superintendence
16. Contractor’s Employees
17. Setting-out
18. Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation
19. Watching and Lighting
20. 1) Care of Works
2) Excepted Risks
21. Insurance of Works, etc.
22. 1) Damage to persons and Property
2) Indemnity by Employer
23. 1) Third Party Insurance
123 | P a g e
2) Minimum Amount of Third Party Insurance
3) Provisions to indemnify Employee
24. 1) Accident or Injury to Workmen
2) Insurance against Accident, etc. to Workmen
25. Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to Insure
26. 1) Giving of notices and Payment of Fees
2) Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, etc.
27. Fossils etc.
28. Patent Rights and Royalties
29. Interference with Traffic and Adjoining properties
30. 1) Extraordinary Traffic
2) Special Loads
3) Settlement of Extraordinary Traffic Claims
4) Waterborne Traffic
31. Opportunities for other Contractors
32. Contractor to keep site clear
33. Clearance of site on Completion
LABOUR
34. 1) Engagement of labour
2) Supply of Water
3) Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs.
4) Arms and Ammunition
5) Festivals and Religious Customs
6) Epidemics
7) Disorderly Conduct, etc.
8) Observance by Sub-Contractors
35. Return of Labour, etc.
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
36. 1) Quality of Materials and Workmanship and Tests
2) Cost of Samples
3) Cost of Test
4) Cost of Tests not provided for, etc.
37. Inspection of Operations
38. 1) Examination of Work before covering up
2) Uncovering and Making openings
39. 1) Removal of Improper Work and Materials
2) Default of Contractor in Compliance
40. 1) Suspension of Work
2) Suspension of Lasting more than 90 days
COMMENCEMENT TIME AND DELAYS
41. Commencement of Works
42. 1) Possession of Site
2) Way leaves, etc.
43. Time of Completion
44. Extension of Time for Completion
45. No Night or Sunday Work
46. Rate of Progress
47. 1) Liquidated Damages for Delay
2) Reduction of Liquidated Damages
124 | P a g e
3) Bonus for Completion
48. 1) Certification of Completion of Works
2) Certification of Completion by Stages
3) Certification of Completion by Stages
DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION
49. 1) Definition of Defects Liability Period
2) Execution of Work of Repair, etc.
3) Cost of Execution of Work of Repair, etc.
4) Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to carry out Work Required
50. Contractor to Search
ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OMISSIONS
51. 1) Variations
2) Orders for Variations to be in Writing
52. 1) Valuation of Variations
2) Power of Engineer to Fix Rates
3) Day work
4) Claims
PLANT, TEMPORARY WORKS AND MATERIALS
53. 1) Plant, etc., Exclusive use for the works
2) Removal of Plant, etc.
3) Employer not liable for damage to Plant, etc.
54. Approval of Materials, etc., not implied
MEASUREMENT
55. Quantities
56. Works to be Measured
57. Method of Measurement
PROVISIONAL SUMS
58. 1) Definition of Provisional Sums
2) Use of Provisional Sums
3) Production at Vouchers, etc.
NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS
59. 1) Definition of “Nominated Sub-Contractors”
2) Nominated Sub-Contractor’s, Objection to Nomination
3) Design Requirements to be Expressly Stated
4) Payments to Nominated Sub-Contractor
5) Certification of Payments to Nominated Sub-Contractors
6) Assignment of Nominated Sub-Contractor’s Obligations
CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENT
60. 1) Certificates and Payment
2) Advances on Constructional Plant and Materials
61. Approval only by Certificate of Final Completion
62. 1) Certificate of Final Completion
2) Cessation of Employer’s Liability
3) Unfulfilled Obligations
REMEDIES AND POWER
63. 1) Default of Contractor
2) Valuation on Date of Forfeiture
3) Payment after Forfeiture
125 | P a g e
64. Urgent Repairs
SPECIAL RISKS
65. 1) No liability for War, etc. Risks
2) Damage to Works, etc. by Special Risks
4) Increased Cost arising from Special Risks
5) Special Risk
6) Outbreak of War
7) Removal of Plant on Termination
8) Payment of Contract Termination
FRUSTRATION
66. Payment in Event of Frustration
SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
67. 1) Expected Matters
2) Settlement of Disputes-Arbitration
NOTICES
68. 1) Service of Notices on Contractor
2) Service of Notices on Employer or Engineer
3) Change of Address
DEFAULT OF EMPLOYER
69. 1) Default of Employer
2) ----Do----
CHANGES IN COSTS AND LEGISLATION
70. 1) Increase or Decrease of Costs
2) Subsequent Legislation
126 | P a g e
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
PART I - GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1) In the Contract, as hereinafter defined, the following words and expressions shall have the
meanings hereby assigned to them, except where the context otherwise requires:-
Definitions:-
a) "Employer" means AssamState Transport Corporation, who will employ the Contractor
and the legal successors entitled to the Employer, but not, accept with the consent of the
contractor, any assignee of the Employer.
b) "Contractor" means the persons, firm or company whose tender has been accepted by the
Employer & includes the Contractor's personal representative’s successors and permitted assigns.
c) "Engineer" means the Engineer designated as such in Part II, or other Engineer appointed
from time to time by the Employer and notified in writing to the Contractor to act as Engineer for
the purposes of the Contract in place of the Engineer so designated.
d) "Engineer's Representative" means any resident engineer or assistant of the Engineer or
any clerk of works appointed from time to time by the Employer to perform the duties set forth in
Clause 2hereof, whose authority shall be notified in writing to the Contractor by the Engineer.
e) The `Work' or `Works' means the work described in the tender documents, Drawings and
Specifications as may be issued from time to time to the contractor by the consultants or the
Engineer, including all modifications, extra and additional works and obligation to be carried out
either on site or at any factory, or workshop or any other place for subsequent incorporation, as
required for performance of the Contract.
f) "Contract" means the General and Special Conditions of Contract, Specifications,
Drawings, priced Bill of Quantities, Schedule of Rates and Prices, if any, Tender, pre-contract
correspondence Letter of Intent / Acceptance, Work order the Contract Agreement, if completed.
g) "Contract Sum" means the sum named in the letter of Intent / Acceptance subject to such
additions thereto or deductions there from as may be made under the provisions of the Contract.
h) "Constructional Plant" means all appliances or a thing of whatsoever nature required in or
about the execution or maintenance of the Works but does not include materials or other things
intended to form or forming part of the Works.
127 | P a g e
i) "Specifications" means the specification referred to in the Tender and any modification
thereof or addition there to as may from time to time be furnished or approved in writing by the
Engineer.
j) "Drawings" means the drawings referred to in the specification and any modification of
such drawings approved in writing by the Engineer and such other drawings as may, from time to
time, be furnished and approved in writing by the Engineer or the Consultant.
k) “Site” means the land and/or other places on, in, into, under or through which the Work is
to be executed under the contract or any adjacent or any nearby land, path or street which may be
allotted or used for the purpose of carrying out the Contract.
l) "Approved" means approved in writing, including subsequent written confirmation of
previous verbal approval and "approval" means approval in writing, including as aforesaid.
m) "I.S." means “Indian Standards” issued by Indian Standards Institutions.
n) A "Week" means seven days without regard to the number of hours worked or not worked
in any day in that week.
o) A "Day" means a day of 24 hours irrespective of number of hours worked or not worked
in that day.
p) "Day work" means the items of labour and/or materials which, in the opinion of the
Engineer are not capable of being evaluated by accepted method of measurement or assessment.
Singular and Plural
2) Words importing the singular only also include the plural and vice versa where the context
requires.
Heading or Notes
3) The headings and marginal notes in these Conditions of Contract shall not be deemed to be part
thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or of the
Contract.
ENGINEER AND ENGINEER'S REPRESENTATIVE
2. Duties and Power of Engineer’s Representative
1) The Engineer shall carry out such duties necessary for making decisions and issuing certificates
and orders as are specified in the Contract. In the event of the Engineer being required in terms of
his appointment by the Employer to obtain the specific approval of the Employer for the
execution of any part of these duties, shall be set out in part II of these Conditions.
128 | P a g e
2) The Engineer's Representative shall be responsible to the Engineer and his duties are to watch
and supervise the Works and to test and examine any materials to be used or workmanship
employed in connection with the Works. He shall have no authority to relieve the Contractor of
any of his duties or obligations under the Contract or, except as expressly provided hereunder or
elsewhere in the Contract, neither to order any work involving delay or any extra payment by the
Employer, nor to make any variation of or in the Works. The Engineer may from time to time in
writing delegate to the Engineer's Representative any of the powers and authorities vested in the
Engineer and shall furnish to the Contractor and to the Employer a copy of all such written
delegations of powers and authorities. Any written instruction or approval given by the Engineer's
Representative to delegation, but not otherwise, shall bind the Contractor and the Employer as
though it had been given by the Engineer. Provided always as follows:
a) Failure of the Engineer's Representative to disapprove any Work or materials shall not
prejudice the power of the Engineer thereafter to disapprove such Work or materials and to order
the pulling down, removal or breaking up thereof.
b) If the Contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of any decision of the Engineer's
Representative he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer, who shall thereupon
confirm, reverse or very such decision.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LETTING
3. Assignment
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or any benefit or interest therein or there under,
otherwise than by a charge in favour of the Contractor's bankers of any monies due or to become
due under this Contract, without the prior written consent of the Employer
4. Sub-Letting
The Contractor shall not sub-let the civil works of the project. Except where otherwise provided
by the contract, the contractor shall not sub-let other part of the Works without the prior written
consent of the Engineer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such consent, if given
shall not relive the Contractor from any liability or obligation under the contract and he shall be
responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of any sub-contractor , his agents, servants or
workmen as fully as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects of the contractor, his agents,
servants or workmen. Provided always that the provision of labour on a piecework basis shall not
be deemed to be a subletting under this clause. The contractor shall co-ordinate and shall be
responsible for all aspects of his sub-contractor(s), without being relieved of any of his obligation
129 | P a g e
under the contract. The contractor may tie up for other parts except civil works. Necessary
documents have to be furnished.
Language’s and Law Documents
5. Mutually Explanatory
1) These shall be stated in Part II of the Conditions
2) The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one
another, but in case of ambiguities or discrepancies the same shall be explained and adjusted by
the consultants who shall thereupon issue to the contractor instructions thereon through the
Engineer. Provided always that if, in the opinion of the Engineer, compliance with any such
instructions shall involve the Contractor in any cost, which by reason of any such ambiguity or
discrepancy could not reasonably have been foreseen by the Contractor, the Engineer shall certify
and the Employer shall pay such additional sum as may be reasonable to cover such costs.
6. Custody of Drawings
1) The Drawings shall remain in the sole custody of the Engineer, but two copies thereof shall be
furnished to the Contractor free of charge. The contractor shall provide and make at his own
expense any further copies required by him. At the completion of the Contract the Contractor
shall return to the Engineer all Drawings provided under the Contract.
One copy of Drawings to be kept on Site
2) One copy of the Drawings, furnished to the Contractor as aforesaid, shall be kept by the
Contractor on the Site and the same shall at all reasonable times be available for inspection and
use by the Engineer and the Engineer's Representative and by any other person authorized by the
Engineer in writing.
Disruption of Progress
3) The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer whenever planning or progress of the
Works is likely to be delayed or disrupted unless any further drawing or order, including a
direction, instruction or approval, is issued by the Engineer within a reasonable time. The notices
shall include details of the drawing or order required and of why and by when it is required and of
any delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.
7. The Engineer and the Consultants shall have full power and authority to supply to the
Contractor from time to time during the progress of the Works, such further drawings and
instructions as shall be necessary for the purpose of the proper and adequate execution and
maintenance of the Works. The Contractor shall carry out and be bound by the same.
130 | P a g e
Further Drawings and instructions
Last major drawings may be provided as per schedule mutually agreed by the Engineer /
Consultant and the Contractor prior to stipulated date of completion and the Contractor will have
to gear up his resources accordingly so as to complete the works within stipulated time.
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
8. Contractor’s General Responsibilities
1) The Contractor shall, subject to the provisions of the Contract, and with due care and
diligence, execute and maintain the Works and provide all labour, including the supervision there
of, materials, Constructional Plant and all other things, whether of a temporary or permanent
nature, required in and for such execution, and maintenance, so far as the necessity for providing
the same is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred from the Contract.
2) The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of all site
operations and methods of construction, provided that the Contractor shall not be responsible,
except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the design or specification of the
Permanent Works, or for the design or specification of any Temporary Works prepared by the
Engineer.
3)The contractor shall promptly inform the Engineer of any error, omission, fault and other
defects in design, drawing or specifications for the Works which are discovered while reviewing
the contract documents or in the process of execution of Works.
9. Contract Agreement
The Contractor shall, when called upon to do so, enter into and execute a Contract Agreement, to
be prepared and completed at the cost of the Employer, in the form annexed with such
modification as may be necessary.
10. Performance Bond / Security Deposit
If, for the due performance of the Contract, the Tender shall contain an undertaking by the
Contractor to obtain, when required, a bond or a guarantee of a scheduled and/or nationalized
bank to be bound with the Contractor to the Employer in a sum not exceeding that stated in the
Appendix to the Tender and agreed to as per the Letter of Acceptance or Letter of Intent /Work
Order for such bond or guarantee, the said bank and the terms of the said bond or guarantee shall
be such as shall be approved by the Employer. The obtaining of such bond or guarantee or the
provision of such sureties and the cost of the bond or guarantee to be so entered into shall beat the
131 | P a g e
expense in all respects of the Contractor. Performance Guarantee shall be valid up-to the 28 days
from completion of Defects Liability Period and shall be kept alive till the issue of certificate of
Final Completion.
11. Inspection of Site
The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected and examined the Site and its surrounding and
information available in connection therewith and to have satisfied himself, so far as is
practicable, before submitting his Tender, as to the form and nature thereof, including the
subsurface conditions, the hydrological and climatic conditions, the extent and nature of the Work
and accommodation he may require and, in general, shall be deemed to have obtained all
necessary information subject as above mentioned, as to risks, contingencies and all other
circumstances which may influence or affect his Tender. The Contractor is further deemed to have
taken particular notice of approaches and way leaves etc. connecting the site. The Employer does
not undertake to improve the same any further &the Contractor will have to improve the same or
make new approaches and way leaves, at his own cost, if the existing approaches & way leaves
are considered inadequate and unsuitable by the Contractor. Use of such new or improved
approaches and way leaves shall be afforded to the Employer, the Engineer, the Consultants and
any other concerned person, without any restrictions or compensation.
12. Sufficiency of Bid
The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before Bidering as to the correctness
and sufficiency of his Bid for the Works and of the rates and prices stated in the priced Bill of
Quantities and the Schedule of Rates and Prices, if any, which Bid rates and prices shall,
exception so far as it is otherwise provided in the Contract, cover all his obligations under the
Contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper execution and maintenance of the
Works. No claim in this regard shall be entertained.
13. Work to be to the Satisfaction of the Engineer and the Consultant
Save in so far as legally or physically impossible, the Contractor shall execute and maintain the
Works in strict accordance with the Contract, to the entire satisfaction of the consultant and the
Engineer and shall comply with and adhere strictly to the Engineer’s instructions and directions,
or any matter whether mentioned in the contract or not, touching or concerning the works.
Instructions and directions given by the consultant or the Engineer or the Employer, if any, will be
acted upon on the same forwarded to the Contractor, in writing by the Engineer, or subject to the
limitations referred to in Clause 2 hereof, by the Engineer’s Representative.
132 | P a g e
14. Programme to be furnished
1) Within 15 days of award of the Contract, Contractor shall, submit to the Engineer for his
approval a programme showing the order of procedure in which he proposes to carry out the
Works. The Contractor shall whenever required by the Engineer submit a revised programme
showing the modifications to the approved programme necessary to ensure completion of the
Works within the time for completion as defined in Clause 43 hereof. The Contractor may have to
revise the programme depending upon the requirements of the Employer. It must be clearly
understood that the Contractor may have to induct additional resources contingent to the
requirement of the Employer so as to enable the Employer to meet his target of commissioning
the project. Nothing extra shall be paid to the Contractor on account of such contingencies.
2) If at any time it should appear to the Engineer that the actual progress of the works does not
conform to the approved programme referred to in sub-clause (1) of this clause, the Contractor
shall produce, at the request of the Engineer, a further revised programme showing modification
to the approved programme necessary to ensure completion of the Works within the time for
completion as defined in Clause 43 hereof.
3) The submission to and approval by the Engineer or Engineer's Representative of such
programmes or the furnishing of such particulars shall neither relieve the Contractor of any of his
duties or responsibilities under the Contract, nor entitle the Contractor to any enhancement of the
Contract Sum on this account.
15. Contractor’s Superintendence
The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the execution of the
Works and as long thereafter as the Engineer may consider necessary for the proper fulfilling of
the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor or a competent and authorized
agent or representative approved of in writing by the Engineer, which approval may at anytime be
withdrawn, is to be constantly on the Works and shall give his whole time to the superintendence
of the same. If such approval shall be withdrawn by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, as soon as
is practicable, having regard to the requirement of replacing him as hereinafter mentioned, after
receiving written notices of such withdrawal, remove the agent from the Works and shall not
thereafter employ him again on the Works in any capacity and shall replace him by another agent
approved by the Engineer. Such authorized agent or representative shall receive, on behalf of the
Contractor, direction, and instructions from the Engineer or, subject to the limitations of Clause2
hereof, the Engineer's Representative.
133 | P a g e
16. Contractor’s Employees
1) The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in connections with the execution and
maintenance of the Works.
a) Only such technical assistants as are skilled and experienced in their respective fields and such
sub-agents, foremen and leading hands as are competent to give proper supervision to the work
they are required to supervise, and
b) Such skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for the proper and timely
execution and maintenance of the works.
2) The Engineer shall be at liberty to object to and require the Contractor to remove forthwith
from the Works any person employed by the Contractor in or about the execution or maintenance
of the Works who, in the opinion of the Engineer, misconducts himself, or is incompetent or
negligent in the proper performance of his duties, or whose employment is otherwise considered
by the Engineer to be undesirable and such person shall not be again employed upon the Works
without the written permission of the Engineer. Any person so removed from the Works shall be
replaced as soon as possible by a competent substitute approved by the Engineer.
17. Setting-out
The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Works in relation to
original points, lines and levels or reference given by the Engineer in writing and for the
correctness, subject as above mentioned, of the position, levels, dimensions and alignment of all
parts of works and for the provision of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in
connection therewith. If, at any time during the progress of the works, any error shall appear or
arise in the position, levels, dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works, the Contractor, on
being required to do by the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, shall at his own cost,
rectify such error to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative. The
checking of any setting out or of any line or level by the Engineer or the Engineer's
Representative shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness
thereof and the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all bench marks, sight-rails, pegs
and other things used insetting-out the Works. Any rectification works required to be done by the
Contractor shall be at the Contractor's own cost.
18. Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation
If, at any time during the execution of the Works, the Engineer shall require the Contractor to
make boreholes or to carry out exploratory excavation, such requirement shall be ordered in
writing and shall be deemed to be an addition ordered under the provisions of Clause 51 hereof
134 | P a g e
unless a provisional sum in respect of such anticipated work shall have been included in the Bill
of Quantities.
19. Watching and Lighting
The Contractor shall in connection with the Works provide and maintain at his own cost all lights,
guards, fencing and watching when and where necessary or required by the Engineer or the
Employer, or by any duly constituted authority, for the execution and for the protection of the
Works, and/or for the safety and convenience of the public or others.
20. Care of Works
1) From the commencement of the Works until the date stated in the Certificate of Completion for
the whole of the Works pursuant toClause48 hereof the Contractor shall take full responsibility
for the care thereof. Provided that if the Engineer shall issue a Certificate of Completion in respect
of any part of the Works the Contractor shall cease to be liable for the care of that part of works
from the date stated in the Certificate of Completion in respect of that part and the responsibility
for the care of that part shall pass to the Employer. Provided further that the Contractor shall take
full responsibility for the care of any outstanding work which he shall have undertaken to finish
during the Defects Liability Period until such outstanding work is completed. In case any damage,
loss or injury shall happen to the Works, or to any part thereof, from any cause whatsoever, save
and except the excepted risks as defined in sub-clause (2) of this Clause, while the Contractor
shall be responsible for the care thereof the Contractor shall, at his own cost, repair and make
good the same, so that at completion, the Works shall be in good order and condition and in
conformity in every respect with the requirements of the Contract and the Engineer's instructions.
In the event of any such damage, loss or injury happening from any of the excepted risks, the
Contractor shall, if and to the extent required by the Engineer and subjected ways to the provision
of Clause 65 hereof repair and make good the same as aforesaid at the cost of the Employer. The
Contractor shall also be liable for any damage to the Works occasioned by him in the course of
any operations carried out by him for the purpose of completing any outstanding work or
complying with his obligations under Clauses49 or 50 hereof.
Excepted Risks
2) The "excepted risks" are war, hostilities (whether war declared or not), invasion, act of foreign
enemies, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war, or unless
solely restricted to the Contractor or of his sub-Contractors and arising from the conduct of the
works, riot, commotion or disorder, or use or occupation by the Employer of any part of the
Permanent works, or a cause solely due to the Engineer’s design of the works. or ionizing
135 | P a g e
radiations or contamination by radio-activity from any or other hazardous properties of any
explosive, nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radioactive
toxic explosive, nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof, pressure waves caused by
aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at sonic or supersonic speeds, or any such operation of
the forces of nature as an experienced contractor could not foresee, or reasonably make provision
for or insure against all of which are herein collectively referred to as "the excepted risks".
21. Insurance of Works, etc.
Without limiting his obligations and responsibilities under Clause20 hereof, the Contractor shall
insure in the joint names of the Employer and Contractor against all loss or damage from
whatever cause arising, other than the excepted risks, for which he is responsible under the terms
of the Contract and in such manner that the Employer and Contractor are covered for the period
stipulated in Clause 20 (1) hereof and are also covered during the Defects Liability Period and for
any loss or damage occasioned by the Contractor in the course of any operations carried out by
him for the purpose of complying with his obligations under Clauses 49 and 50 hereof :-
a) The Works executed or being executed to the estimated contract value thereof plus 10%(to
allow for any additional costs and professional fees resulting from the loss or damage) together
with the materials for incorporation in the Works at their replacement value.
b) The Constructional Plant and other things brought on to the Site by the Contractor to the
replacement value of such constructional Plant and other things. Such insurance shall be effected
with an insurer and in terms approved by the Employer which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld, and the Contractor shall whenever required produce to the Engineer or any other
authorized person, policy or policies of insurance and the receipts for payment of the current
premiums
22. Damage to Persons and Property
1) The Contractor shall, except if and so far as the Contract provides otherwise, indemnify the
Employer against all losses and claims in respect of injuries or damage to any person or material
or physical damage to any property whatsoever which may arise out of or inconsequence of the
execution and of the Works and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and
expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation thereto except any compensation or damages for
or with respect to:-
a) The permanent use or occupation of land or the Works or any part thereof or by the Employer.
b) The right of the Employer to execute the Works or any part thereof on, over, under or through
any land.
136 | P a g e
c) Injuries or damage to persons or property which are the unavoidable results of the execution or
maintenance of the work in accordance with the Contract.
d) Injuries or damage to persons or property resulting from any act or neglect of the Employer, his
agents, servants or other contractors, not being employed by the Contractor, or for or in the
respect of any claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect thereof or in
relation thereto or where the injury or damage was contributed to by the Contractor, his servants
or agents, such part of the compensations as may be just and equitable having regard to the extent
of the responsibility of the Employer, his servants or agents or other contractors for damage or
injury.
Indemnity by Employer
2) The employer shall indemnify the Contractor against all claims, proceedings, damages, cost,
charges & expenses in respect of the pertinent matters referred to in the proviso to sub-clause
(1)of the Clause.
23. Third Party Insurance
1) Before commencing the execution of the Works the Contractor, but without limiting his
obligations and responsibilities underClause22 hereof, shall insure against his liability for any
material or physical damage, loss or injury which may occur to any property, including that of the
Employer, or to any person, including any employee of the Employer, by or arising out of the
execution of the Works or in the carrying out of the Contract, otherwise than due to Clause 22 (1)
hereof.
Provisions to Indemnify
2) The terms shall include a provision whereby, in the event of any claim in respect of which the
Contractor would be entitled to receive and be indemnified under the policy being brought or
made against the Employer, the insurer will indemnify the Employer against such claims and any
cost, charges and expenses in respect thereof.
24. Employer Accident or Injury to Workmen
1) The Employer shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation payable at
law in respect or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workman or other person in the
employment of the Contractor, or any sub-contractor, save and except an accident or injury
resulting from any act or default of the Employer his agents, or servants. The Contractor shall
indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against all such damages and compensation, save
and except as aforesaid, and against all claims, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses
whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto.
137 | P a g e
Insurance against Accident, etc. to Workmen
2) The Contractor shall insure against such liability of the nature referred to in Clause24.1 with an
insurer approved by the Employer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall
continue such insurance during the whole of the time that any persons are employed by him on the
Works and shall when required, produce to the Employer, or the Engineer or the Engineer's
Representative such policy of insurance and the receipt for payment of the current premium.
Provided always that, in respect of any persons employed by any sub-contractor, the Contractor's
obligation to insure as aforesaid under this sub-clause shall be satisfied if the sub-contractor shall
have issued against the liability in respect of such persons in such manner that the Employer is
indemnified under the policy, but the Contractor shall require such sub-contractor to produce to
the Employer or the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, when required, such policy of
insurance and the receipt for the payment of the current premium.
25. Remedy on Contractor’s Failure to Insure
If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force the insurances referred to in Clause 21,22,
23, and 24 hereof, or any other insurance with he may be required to effect under the terms of the
Contract, then and in any such case the Employer may effect and keep in force any such insurance
and pay such premiums as may be necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the
amount so paid and any other expenses incurred by the employer as aforesaid from any monies
due or which may become due to the Contractor, or recover the same as a debt due from the
Contractor. The Contractor shall however, be fully responsible for any consequence arising out of
his failure to effect and keep in force the insurances irrespective of whether the Employer effects
the insurance as above or not.
26. Giving of Notices and Payment of Fees
1) The Contractor shall give all notices and pay all fees required to be given or paid by any
National or State Statute, ordinance, or other Law, or any regulation, or bye law or any local or
other duly constituted authority in relation to the execution of the Works and by the rules and
regulations of all public bodies and companies whose property or rights are affected or may be
affected in anyway by the Works.
Compliance with Statutes Regulation etc.:-
2) The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of any such statute, ordinance
or Law as aforesaid and the regulations or bye laws of any local or other duly constituted
authority which may be applicable to the Works and with such rules and regulation of public
bodies and companies as aforesaid and shall keep the Employer indemnified against all penalties
138 | P a g e
and liability of every kind for breach of any such Statute, Ordinance or Law, regulation or bye-
law.
3) The Employer will repay or allow to the Contractor all such sums as the Engineer shall certify
to have been properly payable and paid by the Contractor in respect of such fees other than the
fees which the Contract requires the contractor to pay, which fees shall be included in the
Contract Sum and/or the rates and prices entered in the relevant contract documents.
27. Fossils etc.
All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of
geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site of the works shall as between the
Employer and the Contractor be deemed to be the absolute property of the Employer. The
Contractor shall not take any such article or thing and shall immediately upon discovery thereof
and, before removal, acquaint the Engineer's Representative of such discovery and carry out, the
Engineer's Representative's order as to the disposal of the same. Whole of the excavated materials
shall be the property of the Owner and shall be used or disposed off only as directed by the
Engineer or the Engineer's Representative or in accordance with the related provisions in the
Contract.
28. Patent Rights and Royalties
The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer from and keep the Employer
indemnified against all claims and proceedings for or account of infringement or any patent rights,
design trademark or name or other protected rights in respect of any Constructional Plant,
machine, work, or material used for or in connection with the Works or any of them and from and
against all claims, proceedings, damages, cost charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof
or in relation thereto Except where otherwise specified, the Contractor shall pay all tonnage and
other royalties, rent and other payments or compensation, if any, for getting stone, sand, gravel,
clay or other materials required for the Works or any of them.
29. Interference with Traffic and Adjoining Properties
All operations necessary for the execution of the Works shall, so far as compliance with the
requirements of the Contract permits, be carried on so as not to interfere unnecessarily or
improperly with the public Convenience, or the access to use and occupation of public or private
roads and foot paths or to or of properties whether in the possession of the Employer or of any
other person. The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer in respect of all
claims, proceedings damages, cost, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of, or in relation
to any such matter in so far as the Contractor is responsible there for.
139 | P a g e
30. Extraordinary Traffic
1) The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent any of the highways or bridges
communicating with or on the routes to the Site from being damaged or injured by any traffic of
the Contractor or any of his sub-contractors and in particular, shall select routes, choose and use
any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably arise from moving of plant and material from and
to the Site shall be limited, as far as reasonably possible, and so that no unnecessary damage or
injury may be occasioned to such highways and bridges.
Special Loads
2) Should it be found necessary for the Contractor to move one or more loads or Constructional
Plant, machinery or pre-constructed units or parts of unit of work over part of a highway or
bridge, the moving whereof is likely to damage any highway or bridge unless special protection or
strengthening is carried out, then the Contractor shall before moving the load on to such highway
or bridge give notice to Engineer or Engineer's Representative of the weight and other particulars
of the loads unless within fourteen days of the receipt of such notice the Engineer shall by counter
notice direct that such protection or strengthening is unnecessary, then the Contractor will carry
out such proposals or any modification thereof that the Engineer shall require and, unless there is
an item or are items in the Bill of Quantities for pricing by the Contractor of the necessary works
for the protection or strengthening aforesaid the costs thereof shall be paid by the Employer to the
Contractor.
Settlement of Extraordinary Traffic Claims
3) If during the execution of the Works or at any time thereafter the contractor shall receive any
claim arising out of the execution of the Works in respect of damage or injury to highways or
bridges he shall immediately report the same to the Engineer and thereafter the Employer shall
negotiate the settlement of and pay all sum due in respect of such claim, and shall indemnify the
Contractor in respect thereof and in respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, cost charges and
expenses in relation thereto. Provided always that if and so far as any such claims or part thereof
shall in the opinion of the Engineer be due to any failure on the part of the Contractor to observe
and perform his obligations under sub-clause (1) and (2) of this Clause, then the amount certified
by the Engineer to be due to such failure shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer.
Water borne Traffic
4) Where the nature of the Works is such as to require the use by the Contractor of waterborne
transport the foregoing provisions of this clause shall be construed as though "highway" included
a lock, dock, sea wall or other structure related to a water way and "vehicle" included craft ferry
or any transport related to waterborne traffic and shall have effect accordingly.
140 | P a g e
31. Opportunities for other Contractors
The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, afford all responsible
opportunities for carrying out their work to any other contractors employed by the Employer and
their workmen and to the workmen of the Employer and of any other duly constituted authorities
who may be employed in the execution on or near the Site of any work not included in the
Contract or of any contract which the Employer may enter into in connection with or ancillary to
the Works. The Contractor will not be paid any compensation on this account.
32. Contractor to keep site clear
During the progress of the Works the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from
unnecessary keep the site store or dispose of any Constructional Plant and surplus material and
clear away and remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish or Temporary Works no longer
required.
33. Clearance of Site on Completion LABOUR
On the completion of the works the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the Site all
constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and Temporary Works of every kind, and leave the
whole of the Site and Works clean and in a workman like condition to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. However during execution, the plant and equipment brought by the Contractor cannot
be removed from the site without the express permission of the Engineer.
34. Engagement of Labour and Workmen
1) The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the engagement of all labour and
workmen local or otherwise, and save, insofar as the Contract otherwise provides, for the
transport, housing feeding and payment thereof. The Contractor shall strictly comply with all the
labour laws, regulations, etc. in force and applicable to the labour employed by him or his sub-
contractors including those working on labour-ratebasis on the Works.
Supply of Water
2) The Contractor shall provide water for the use of the Contractor's staff and workpeople.
Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs
3) The Contractor shall not, otherwise an in accordance with the Statutes, Ordinances and
Government Regulations or Orders for the time being in force, consume, import, sell, give, barter
or dispose any alcoholic liquor or drugs by himself or his sub-contractors, agents or employees of
the Contractor and his sub-contractor.
Arms and Ammunitions
4) The Contractor shall not give, barter or otherwise dispose of to any person or persons, any arms
or ammunition of any kind or permit or suffer the same as aforesaid.
141 | P a g e
Festivals and Religious Customs
5) The Contractor shall in all dealings with labour and workmen in his employment, have due
regard to all recognized festivals, day of rest and religious or other customs.
Epidemics
6) In the event of any outbreak of illness of an epidemic nature the Contractor shall comply with
and carry out such regulations, orders and requirements as may be made by the Government, or
the Local medical or sanitary authorities for the purpose of dealing with and overcoming the same
at his own cost.
Disorderly Conduct, etc.
7) The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unlawful,
riotous or disorderly conduct by or against his employees and for the preservation of peace and
protection of persons and property in the neighborhood of the Works against the same.
Observance by Sub-Contractors
8) The Contractor shall be responsible for observance by his sub-contractors of the foregoing
provisions.
35. Labour, etc. Returns of
The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer's Representative or at his office, furnish a return
in detail in such form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe showing the supervisory
staff and the numbers of the several classes of labour from time to time employed by the
Contractor on the Site and such information regarding Constructional Plant that the Engineer's
Representative may require.
36. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
Quality of Materials and Workmanship and Tests
1) All materials and workmanship shall be of the respective kinds described in the contract and in
accordance with the Engineer's instructions and shall be subjected from time to time to such tests
as the Engineer may direct at the place of manufacture or fabrication or on the Site or at such
other places or places as maybe specified in the Contract, or at all or any of such places. The
Contractor shall provide such assistance, instruments, machines, labour and materials as are
normally required for examining, measuring and testing any work and the quality, weight or
quantity of any material used and shall supply samples of materials before incorporation in the
Works for testing as maybe selected and required by the Engineer. The Contractor shall utilize
local materials to the extent possible and practicable.
142 | P a g e
Cost of Samples
2) All samples shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost if the supply thereof is clearly
intended by or provided for in the Contract, but if not, then at the cost of the Employer.
Cost of Tests
3) The cost of making any test shall be borne by the Contractor if such test is clearly intended by
or provided for in the Contractor is necessary for ascertaining the quality of materials intended to
be used by the Contractor in the Works and in the cases only of a test under load or of a test to
ascertain whether the design of any finished or partially finished work is appropriate for the
purposes which it was intended to fulfill, is particularized in the Contract.
Cost of Tests not provided for, etc.
4) If any test is ordered by the Engineer which is either a) not so intended by or provided for, orb)
(in the cases above mentioned) is not so particularized or
c) though so intended or provided for is ordered by the Engineer to be carried out by an
independent person at anyplace other than the Site or the place of manufacture or fabrication of
the materials tested then the cost of such test shall be borne by the Contractor, if the test shows the
workmanship or materials not to be in accordance with the provisions of the Contract or the
Engineer's instructions but otherwise by the Employer.
37. Inspection of Operations
The Engineer, the Employer and any person authorised by them shall at all times have access to
the Works and to all workshops and places where work is being prepared or from where materials,
manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the Works and the Contractor shall
afford every facility for and every assistance in or in obtaining the right to such access.
38. Examination of work before covering up
1) No Works shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer or the
Engineer's Representative and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer or the
Engineer's Representative to examine and measure any work which is about to be covered up or
put out of view and to examine foundations before permanent work is placed thereon. The
Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer's Representative whenever any such work or
foundations is or ready or about to be ready for examination and the Engineer's Representative
shall, without unreasonable delay, unless he considers it unnecessary and advises the Contractor
accordingly, attend for purpose of examining and measuring such work or of examining such
foundations.
143 | P a g e
Uncovering and Making Openings
2) The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the Works or make openings in or through the
same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or
parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been covered up or put of
view after compliance with the requirements of sub-clause (1) of this Clause and are found to be
executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making, openings in or
through, reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer but in any other
case all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
39. Removal of Improper Work and Materials
1) The Engineer shall during the progress of the Works have power to order in writing from time
to time:
a) the removal from the Site, within such time or times as may be specified in the order, of any
materials which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not in accordance with the Contract.
b) the substitution of proper and suitable materials and :
c) the removal and proper re-execution, not-withstanding any previous test thereof or interim
payment there for, of any-work which in respect of materials or workmanship is not, in the
opinion of the Engineer, in accordance with the Contract.
Defaults of Contractor in Compliance
2) In case of default on the part of the contractor in carrying out such-order, the Employer shall be
entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same and all expenses consequent
thereon or incidental thereto shall be recoverable from the contractor by the Employer or may be
deducted by the Employer from any monies due or which may become due to the Contractor.
40. Suspension of Works
1) The Contractor shall, on the written order of upon being so required by the Employer and the
Engineer, suspend the progress of the Works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such
manner as the Engineer Employer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension
properly protect and secure the work, so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. The
extra cost incurred by the Contractor in giving effect to the above Engineer Employer's
instructions under this Clause shall be borne by the Employer unless such suspension is:
a) otherwise provided for in the Contract, or
b) necessary by reason of some default on the part of theContractor, or
c) necessary by reason of climatic conditions on the Site, or
d) necessary for the proper execution of the Works or
144 | P a g e
for the safety of the Works or any part thereof in so far as such necessity does not arise from any
act or default by the Engineer or the Employer or from any of the excepted risks defined in Clause
20 hereof. Provided that the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover any such extra cost unless
he gives written notice of his intention to claim to the Engineer within twenty-eight days of the
Engineer’s order. The Engineer shall in consultation with the Employer settle and determine such
extra payment and/or extension of time underClause44 hereof to be made to the Contractor in
respect of such claim as shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be fair and reasonable, and provided
the Contractor has taken all steps to mitigate the losses.
Suspension lasting more than 90 days
2) If the progress of the Works or any part thereof is suspended on the written order of the
Engineer being so required by the Employer and Engineer and if permission to resume work is not
given by the Employer and Engineer within a period of ninety days from the date of suspension
then, unless such suspension is within paragraph (a), (b), (c)or(d) of sub-clause (1) of this Clause,
the Contractor may serve a written notice on the Employer and Engineer requiring permission
within twenty-eight days from the receipt thereof to proceed with the Works or that part thereof in
regard to which progress is suspended and, if such permission is not granted within that time, the
Contractor by a further written notice so served may, but is not bound to, elect or treat the
suspension whereof it affects part only of the Works as an omission of such part under Clause
51hereof, or, where it affects the whole Works, as an abandonment of the Contract by the
Employer.
41. COMMENCEMENT TIME AND DELAYS
Commencement of Works
The Contractor shall commence the Works on Site within the period named in the Appendix to
the Bid after the receipt by him of a written order to this effect from the Engineer and shall
proceed with the same with due expedition and without delay. The Contractor will complete the
construction of temporary offices, stores, labour huts etc. and mobilize substantially during the
period stated in Appendix to the Bid.
42. Possession of Site
1) Save in so far as the Contract may prescribe, the extent of portions of the Site of which the
Contractor is to be given permission from time to time and the order in which such portions shall
be made available to him and subject to any requirement in the Contract as to the order in which
the Works shall be executed, the Employer will, with the Engineer's written order to commence
the Works, give to the Contractor possession of so much of the Site as may be required to enable
the Contractor to commence and proceed with the execution of the Works in accordance with the
145 | P a g e
programme or revised programme referred to in Clause 14hereof, if any, and otherwise in
accordance with such reasonable proposals of the Contractor as he shall, by written notice to the
Engineer, make and will, from time to time as the Works proceed, give to the Contractor
possession of such further portions of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to
proceed with the execution of the Works with due dispatch in accordance with the said
programme or proposals, as the case may be. If the Contractor suffers delay or incurs cost from
failure on the part of the Employer to give possession in accordance with the terms of this Clause,
the Engineer shall grant an extension of time for the completion of the Works and certify such
sum as, in his opinion, shall be fair to cover the cost incurred, which sum shall be paid by the
Employer.
Way-leaves etc.
2) The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or temporary way-leaves required by
him in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall also provide at his own cost any
additional accommodation outside the Site required by him for the purposes of the Works.
43. Time for Completion
Subject to any requirement in the Contract as to completion of any section of the Works before
completion of the whole, the whole of the Works shall be completed, in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 48 hereof. within the time stated in the Contract calculated from the last day
of the period named in the Appendix to the Bid as that within which the works are to be
commenced or such extended time as may be allowed under Clause 44 hereof.
Time is the Essence of the Contract.
44. Extension of Time for Completion
Should the amount of extra or additional work of any kind or any cause of delay referred to in
these Conditions or exceptional adverse climatic conditions or other special circumstances of any
kind whatsoever which may occur, other than through a default of the Contractor. Be such as
fairly to entitle the Contractor to an extension of time for the completion of the Works, the
Engineer shall determine the amount of such extension and shall notify the Employer and the
Contractor accordingly. Provided that the Engineer is not bound to take into account any extra or
additional work or other special circumstances unless the Contractor has within twenty-eight days
after such work has been commenced or such circumstances have arisen or an soon thereafter as is
practicable, submitted to the Engineer's Representative full and detailed particulars of any
extension of time to which he may consider himself entitled in order that such submission may be
investigated at the time. The Contractor, in his application for grant of time shall clearly bring out
the financial effect of extension of time requested by him. In case no financial effect is stated in
146 | P a g e
the request for grant of extension of time, the same shall be taken as zero and it shall be presumed
that the Contractor has mitigated whole of the losses due to the delays of all kinds.
45. No Night or Sunday Work
Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the Contract, none of the Permanent Works
shall, save as hereinafter provided, be carried on during the night or on Sundays, if locally
recognized as days of rest or their locally recognized equivalent without the permission in writing
of the Engineer's Representative except when the work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary for
the saving of life or property or for the safety of the Works, in which case the Contractor shall
immediately advise the Engineer's Representative. Provided always that the provisions of this
Clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work which it is customary to carry out by rotary
or double shifts.
46. Rate of Progress
If for any reason, which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension of time, the rate of
progress of the Works or any section is at anytime, in the opinion of the Engineer, too slow to
ensure completion by the prescribed time or extended time for completion, the Engineer shall so
notify the Contractor in writing and the Contractor shall thereupon take such steps as are
necessary and the Engineer may approve to expedite progress soas to complete the Works or such
section by the prescribed time or extended time. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any
additional payment for taking such steps. If, as a result of any notice given by the Engineer under
this Clause, the Contractor shall seek the Engineer's permission to do any work at night or on
Sundays, if locally recognised as days of rest or their locally recognised equivalent, such
permission shall not be unreasonably refused.
47. Liquidated Damages for Delay
1) If the Contractor shall fail to achieve completion of the Works within the time prescribed by
Clause 43 hereof, then the Contractor shall pay to the Employer the sum stated in the Contract as
liquidated damages for such default and not as a penalty for every day or part of a day which shall
elapse between the time prescribed by Clause 43hereof and the date of certified completion of the
Works. The Employer may, without prejudice to any other method of recovery, deduct the amount
of such damages from any monies in his hands, due or which may become due to the Contractor.
The payment or deduction of such damages shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to
complete the Works or from any other of his obligations and liabilities under the Contract.
147 | P a g e
Reduction of Liquidated Damages
2) If, before the completion of the whole of the Works any part or sections of the Works has been
certified by the Engineer as completed, pursuant to Clause 48 hereof, and occupied or used by the
Employer, the liquidated damages for delay shall, for any period of delay after such certificate and
in the absence of alternative provisions in the Contract be reduced in the proportion which the
value of the part or section so certified bears to the value of the whole of the Works.
Bonus for Completion
3) If it is desired to provide in the Contract for the payment of a bonus in relation to completion of
the Works or of any part or section thereof, this shall be set out in Part-II in the Special
Conditions of Contract.
48. Certification of Completion of Works
1) When the whole of the Works have been substantially completed and have satisfactorily passed
any final test that may be prescribed by the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to that
effect to the, Engineer or to the Engineer's Representative accompanied by an undertaking to
finish any outstanding work during the Defects Liability Period. Such notice and undertaking
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be a request by the Contractor for the Engineer to issue
a Certificate of Completion in respect of the works. The Engineer shall, within twenty-one days of
the date of delivery of such notice either issue to the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, a
Certificate of Completion stating the date on which, in his opinion, the Works were substantially
completed in accordance with the Contract or give instructions in writing to the Contractor
specifying all the work which, in the Engineer's opinion, requires to be done by the Contractor
before the issue of such Certificate. The Engineer shall also notify the Contractor of any defects in
the works affecting substantial completion that may appear after such instructions and before
completion of the Works specified therein. The Contractor shall be entitled to receive such
Certificate of Completion within twenty-one days of completion to the satisfaction of the
Engineer of the Works so specified and making good any defects so notified. The Contractor shall
nevertheless, remain liable for rectification of further defects, if any, noticed during the Defects
Liability Period stated in Clause 49 hereof.
Certification of Completion by Stages
2) Similarly, in accordance with the procedure set out in Sub-clause (1) of this Clause, the
Contractor may request and the Engineer shall issue a Certificate of Completion in respect of:
a) Any section of the Works in respect of which a separate time for completion is provided in the
Contract: and
148 | P a g e
b) Any substantial part of the Works which has been both completed to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and occupied or used by the Employer.
3) Provided always that a Certificate of Completion given in respect of any section or part of the
Works before completion of the whole shall not be deemed to certify completion of any ground or
surfaces requiring reinstatement, unless such Certificate shall expressly so state.
49. DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION
Definition of Defects Liability Period
1) In these Conditions the expression "Defects Liability Period" shall mean the period of three
hundred sixty five days calculated from the date of completion of the Works, certified by the
Engineer in accordance with Clause 48 hereof, or in the event of more than one certificate having
been issued by the Engineer under the said Clause, from the respective dates so certified and in
relation to the Defects Liability Period the expression "the Works" shall be construed accordingly.
Execution of Work of Repair etc.
2) Any defects, shrinkage, settlement or other faults which may appear or be noticed within the
Defect Liability Period, and a rising in the opinion of the Engineer from materials or
workmanship not having in accordance with the Contract, shall upon the direction in writing of
the Engineer and within such reasonable time as shall be specified therein, be amended and made
good by the contractor at his own cost.
Cost of Execution of Work of Repair, etc
3) All such work shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own expense if the necessity thereof
shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be due to the use of materials or workmanship not in
accordance with the Contract, or to neglect or failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with
any obligation, expressed or implied, on the Contractor's part under the Contract. If in the opinion
of the Engineer, such necessity shall be due to any other cause, the value of such work shall be
ascertained and paid for as if it were additional work.
Remedy on Contractor’s failure to carryout work required
4) If the Contractor shall fail to do any such work as aforesaid required by the Engineer, the
Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same and if such work
is work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense
under the Contract, then all expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be recoverable
from the Contractor by the Employer or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due
or which may become due to the Contractor.
149 | P a g e
50. Contractor to Search
The Contractor shall if required by the Engineer in writing, search under the directions of the
Engineer for the cause of any defect, imperfection or fault appearing during the progress of the
Works or during the Defects Liability Period. Unless such defect, imperfection or fault shall be
one for which the Contractor is liable under the Contract, the cost of the work carried out by the
Contractor in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by the Employer. If such defect, imperfection
or fault shall be one for which the Contractor is liable as aforesaid, the cost of the work carried
out in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by the Contractor and he shall in such case repair,
rectify and make good such defect, imperfection or fault at his own expense in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 49 hereof.
51. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OMISSIONS Variations
1) The Engineer shall make any variation of the form, quality or quantity of the Works or any part
thereof that may, in his opinion, be necessary and for that purpose or if for any other reason it
shall, in his opinion be desirable, he shall have power to order the Contractor to do and the
Contractor shall do any of the following:-
a) increase or decrease the quantity of any work included in the Contract,
b) omit any such work,
c) change the character or quality or kind of any such work,
d) change the levels, lines, positions and dimensions of any part of the Works, and
e) execute additional work of any kind necessary for the completion of the Works and no such
variation shall in any way vitiate or invalidate the Contract, but the price, if any, of all such
variations shall be taken into account in ascertaining the amount of the Contract Sum. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation on account of omission or decrease in Work
under this clause.
Orders for variations to be in writing
2) No such variations shall be made by the Contractor without an order in writing by the
Engineer. Provided that no order in writing shall be required for increase or decrease in the
quantity of any-work where such increase or decrease is not the result of an order given under this
Clause, but is the result of the quantities exceeding or being less than those stated in the Bill of
Quantities. Provided also that if for any reason the Engineer shall consider it desirable to give any
such order verbally, the Contractor shall comply with such order and any confirmation in writing
of such verbal order given by the Engineer, whether before or after the carrying out of the order,
shall be deemed to be an order in writing within the meaning of this Clause. Provided further that
if the Contractor shall within seven days confirm in writing to the Engineer and such confirmation
150 | P a g e
shall not be contradicted in writing within fourteen days by the Engineer, it shall be deemed to be
an order in writing by the Engineer.
52. Valuation of Variations
1) All extra or additional work done or Work omitted by order of the Engineer shall be priced at
the rates and prices set out in Part-II of Special Conditions of Contract.
Power of Engineer to Fix Rates
2) Provided that if the nature or amount of any omission or addition relative to the nature or
amount of the whole of the Works or to any part thereof shall be such that, in the opinion of the
Engineer, the rate or price contained in the Contract for any item of the Works is, by reason of
such omission or addition, rendered unreasonable or in applicable, then a suitable rate or price
shall be agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, the
Engineer shall fix such other rate or price as shall, in his opinion be reasonable & proper having
regard to the circumstances. Provided also that no increase or decrease under Sub-clause (1) of
this Clause or variation of rate or price under Sub-clause (2) of this Clause shall be made unless,
as soon after the date of the order as is practicable and, in the case of extra or additional work,
before the commencement of the work or as soon thereafter as is practicable, notice shall have
been given in writing:-
a) By the Contractor to the Engineer of his intention to claim extra payment or a varied rate or
price, or
b) By the Engineer to the Contractor of his intention to vary a rate or price.
Day-work
3) The Engineer may, in his opinion if it is necessary or desirable, order in writing that any
additional or substituted Work shall be executed on a day work basis. The Contractor shall then be
paid for such Work under the conditions set out in the Day work Schedule included in the
Contract and at the rates and prices affixed thereto by him in his Bid. The Contractor shall furnish
to the Engineer such receipts or other vouchers as may be necessary to prove the amounts paid
and, before ordering materials, shall submit to the Engineer quotations for the same for his
approval. In respect of all work executed on a day work basis, the Contractor shall, during the
continuance of such work, deliver each day to the Engineer's Representative an exact list
induplicate of the names, occupation and time of all workmen employed on such work and a
statement, also in duplicate, showing the description and quantity of all materials and plant used
thereon or there for (other than plant which is included in the percentage addition in accordance
with the Schedule hereinbefore referred to). One copy of each list and statement will, if correct, or
when agreed, be signed by the Engineer's Representative and returned to the Contractor.
151 | P a g e
At the end of each month, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer's Representative a priced
statement of the labour, material and plant except as aforesaid, used and the Contractor shall not
been titled to any payment unless such lists and statements have been fully and punctually
rendered. Provided always that if the Engineer shall consider that for any reason the sending of
such lists or statements by the Contractor, in accordance with the foregoing provision, was
impracticable he shall nevertheless be entitled to authorize payment for such work, either as day
work on being satisfied as to the time employed and plant and materials used on such work or at
such value therefore as shall, in his opinion, be fair and reasonable.
Claims
4) The Contractor shall send to the Engineer's Representative once in every month an account
giving particulars, as full and detailed as possible, of all claims for any additional payment to
which the Contractor may consider himself entitled and of all extra or additional work ordered by
the Engineer which he has executed during the preceding month. No final or interim claim for
payment for any such work or expense will be considered which has not been included in such
particulars. Provided always that the Engineer shall be entitled to authorize payment to be made
for any such work or expense, notwithstanding the Contractor's failure to comply with this
condition if the Contractor has, at the earliest practicable opportunity, notified the Engineer in
writing that he intends to make a claim for such work.
53. PLANT, TEMPORARY WORKS AND MATERIALS Plant, etc.
Exclusive use for the Works
1) All Constructional Plant, Temporary Works and materials provided by the Contractor shall,
when brought on to the Site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for the execution of the Works
and the Contractor shall not remove the same or any part thereof except for the purpose of moving
it from one part of the Site to another, without the consent, in writing of the Engineer, which shall
not be unreasonably withheld. Upon receiving the consent of the Engineer, the Contractor shall
apply for issue of Gate Pass etc. to the Employer so as to observe the administrative and security
procedures, if any, set by the Employer.
Removal of Plant, etc.
2) Upon completion of the Works, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all the said
Constructional Plant and Temporary Works remaining thereon and any unused materials provided
by the Contractor.
152 | P a g e
Employer not liable for damage to Plant, etc.
3) The Employer shall not at any time be liable for the loss or damage to any of the said
Constructional Plant and temporary works or materials save as mentioned in Clauses 20
and65hereof.
54. Approval of Materials etc. not implied
The operation of Clause 53 hereof shall not be deemed to imply any approval by the Engineer of
the materials or other matters referred to therein nor shall it prevent the rejection of any such
55. MEASUREMENT
Quantities
The quantities set out in the bill of Quantities are the estimated quantities of the Work but they are
not to be taken as the actual and correct quantities of the Works to be executed by the Contractor
in fulfillment of his obligations under the Contract.
56. Works to be Measured
The Engineer shall, except as otherwise stated, ascertain and determine by measurement the
value in terms of the Contract of work done in accordance with the Contract. He shall, when he
requires any part or parts of the Works to be measured, give notice to the Contractor's authorized
agent or representative, who shall forthwith attend or send a qualified agent to assist the Engineer
or the Engineer's Representative in making such measurement and shall furnish all particulars
required by either of them. Should the Contractor not attend or neglect or omit to send such agent,
then the measurement made by the Engineer or approved by him shall be taken to be the correct
measurement of the work. For the purpose of measuring such permanent work as is to be
measured by records and drawings, the Engineer's Representative shall prepare records and
drawings month by month of such work and the Contractor, as and when called upon to do so in
writing shall, within fourteen days, attend to examine and agree such records and drawings with
the Engineer's Representative and shall sign the same when so agreed. If the Contractor does not
so attend to examine and agree such records and drawings, they shall be taken to be correct. If,
after examinations of such records and drawings, the Contractor does not agree the same or does
not sign the same as agreed, they shall nevertheless be taken to be correct, unless the Contractor
shall, within fourteen days of such examination, lodge with the Engineer's Representative, for
decision by the Engineer, notice in writing of the respects in which such records and drawings are
claimed by him to be incorrect.
153 | P a g e
57. Method of Measurement
The Works shall be measured net, notwithstanding any general or local custom except where
otherwise specifically described or prescribed in the Contract.
58. PROVISIONAL SUMS Definition of “Provisional Sums”
1) "Provisional Sum" means a sum included in the Contract and so designated in the Bill of
Quantities for the execution of work or the supply of goods, materials or services or for
contingencies, which sum may be used, in whole or in part, or not at all, at the direction and
discretion of the Engineer. The Contract sum shall include only such amounts in respect of the
work, supply or services to which such Provisional Sums relate as the Engineer shall approve or
determine in accordance with this Clause.
Use of Provisional Sums
2) In respect of every Provisional Sum the Engineer shall have power to order:- a) Work to be
executed including goods, materials or services to be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract
Sum shall include the price of such work executed or such goods, materials or services supplied,
determined in accordance with Clause 52 thereof.
b) Work to be executed or goods, materials or services to be supplied by a nominated Sub-
Contractor as herein after defined. The sum to be paid to the Contractor therefore shall be
determined and paid in accordance with Clause59 (4) hereof.
c) Goods and materials to be purchased by the Contractor. The sum to be paid to the Contractor
therefore shall be determined and paid in accordance with Clause 59(4) hereof.
Production of Vouchers, etc.
3) The Contractor shall, when required by the Engineer, produce all quotations, invoices,
vouchers and accounts or receipts or estimates in connection with expenditure in respect of
Provisional Sums, prior to executing the work for which such Provisional Sum(s) have been
allocated and shall commence such works only after exact expenditure is agreed & the work
properly ordered on the Contractor by the Engineer.
59. NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS
Definition of
“Nominated Sub-Contractor”
1) All specialists, and others executing any work or supplying any goods, materials or services of
specialized nature which are included in the Contract, who may have been or be nominated or
selected or approved by the Employer or the Engineer, for the execution of such work or the
supply of such goods, materials or services, be deemed to be sub-contractors employed by the
154 | P a g e
Contractor on nomination by the Employer and are referred to in this Contract as "Nominated
Sub-Contractors".
Nominated Subcontractors
Objections to Nomination
2) The Contractor shall not be required by the Employer or the Engineer or be deemed to be under
any obligation to employ any nominated Sub-Contractor against whom the Contractor may raise
reasonable objection, or who shall decline to enter into a sub-contract with the Contractor
containing provisions:-
a) that in respect of the work, goods, materials or services the subject of the sub-contract, the
nominated sub-contractor will undertake towards the Contractor the like obligations and liabilities
as are imposed on the Contractor towards the Employer by the terms of the Contract and will save
harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and against the same and from all claims,
proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection
therewith or arising out of or in connection with any failure to perform such obligations or to
fulfill such liabilities
b) that the nominated Sub-Contractor will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and
against any negligence by the nominated Sub-Contractor, his agents, workmen and servants and
from and against and misuse by him or them of any Constructional Plant or the Works provided
by the Contractor for the purposes of the Contract and from all claims as aforesaid.
Design Requirement to be Expressly Stated
3) If in connection with any Provisional Sum the services to be provided include any matter of
design or specification of any part of the Works or of any equipment or plant to be incorporated
therein, such requirement shall be expressly stated in the contract and shall be included in any
Nominated Sub-Contract. The Nominated Sub-Contract shall specify that the Nominated Sub-
Contractor providing such services will save harmless and indemnify the Contractor from and
against the same and from all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses
whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any failure so perform such obligations or to
fulfill such liabilities.
Payments to Nominated Subcontractors
4) For all Work executed or goods, materials or services supplied by any nominated Sub-
Contractor, there shall be included in the:-
Contract Sum:-
a) the actual price paid or due to be paid by the Contractor, on the direction of the Engineer,
and in accordance with-the Sub-Contract;
155 | P a g e
b) the sum, if any, entered in the Bill of Quantities for labour supplied by the Contractor in
connection herewith, or If ordered by the Engineer pursuant to Clause 58 (2) (b)hereof, as may be
determined in accordance with Clause52hereof.
c) in respect of all other charges and profit, a sum being a percentage rate of the actual price paid
or due to be paid calculated, where provision has been made in the Bill of Quantities for a rate to
be set against the relevant Provisional Sum, at the rate inserted by the Contractor against that item
or, where no such provision has been made, at the rate inserted by the Contractor in the Appendix
to the Bid and repeated where provision for such is made in a special item provided in the Bill of
Quantities for such purpose.
Certification of Payments to Nominated Sub-Contractors
5) Before issuing, under Clause 60 hereof, any certificate, which includes any payment in respect
of work done or goods, materials or service supplied by any Nominated Sub-Contractor, the
Engineer shall be entitled to demand from the Contractor reasonable proof that all payments, less
retention, included in previous certificates in respect of the work or goods, materials or services of
such Nominated Sub-Contractor have been paid or discharged by the Contractor, in default
whereof unless the Contractor shall
a) Inform the Engineer in writing that has reasonable cause for withholding or refusing to make
such payments and
b) Produce to the Engineer reasonable proof that he has so informed such Nominated Sub-
Contractor in writing. The Employer shall be entitled to pay to such Nominated Sub-Contractor
direct, upon the certificate of the Engineer, all payments, less retention, provided for in the Sub-
Contract, which the contractor has failed to make to such Nominated Sub-Contractor and to
deduct by way of set-off, the amount so paid by the Employer from any sums due or which may
become due from the Employer to the Contractor. Provided always that, where the Engineer has
certified and the Employer has paid direct as aforesaid, the Engineer shall in issuing any further
certificate in favour of the Contractor deduct from the amount thereof the amount so paid, direct
as aforesaid, but shall not withhold or delay the issue of the certificate itself when due to be issued
under the terms of Contract.
Assignment of Nominated Sub-Contractors Obligations
6) In the event of a Nominated Sub-Contractor, as herein before defined, having undertaken
towards the Contractor in respect of the work executed, or the goods, materials or services
supplied by such Nominated Sub-Contractor, any continuing obligation extending for a period
exceeding that of the Defects Liability Period under the Contract, the Contractor shall at any time,
156 | P a g e
after the expiration of the Defects Liability Period, assign to the Employer, at the Employer's
request and cost, the benefit of such obligation for the unexpired duration thereof.
60. CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENT
Certificates and Payment
1) Unless otherwise provided, payments shall be made as per terms of payment set forth in the
Bid document.
Advances on Construction Plant and Materials
2) Where advances are to be made by the Client to the Contractor in respect of Constructional
Plant and Materials, the conditions of payment and repayment shall be as set out in Part-II in the
Special Conditions of Contract.
61. Approval only by Certificate of Final Completion
No certificate other than the Certificate of Final Completion referred to in Clause 62 hereof shall
be deemed to constitute approval of the works.
62. Certificate of Final Completion
1) The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Certificate of Final Completion shall
have been signed by the Engineer and delivered to the Employer stating that the Works have been
completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The Certificate for Final Completion shall be given
by the Engineer within twenty-eight days after the expiration of the Defects Liability Period, or, if
different Defect Liability Periods shall become applicable to different sections or parts of the
Works, the expiration of the latest such period, or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during
such period pursuant to Clauses 49 and50hereof, shall have been completed to the satisfaction of
the Engineer and full effect shall be given to this Clause notwithstanding any previous entry on
the Works or the taking possession, working or using thereof or any part thereof by the Employer.
Provided always that the issue of the Certificate of Final Completion shall not be a condition
precedent to payment to the Contractor of the second portion of the retention money in
accordance with the conditions set out in Part II of Special Conditions of Contract.
Cessation of the Employer’s Liability
2) The Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter or thing arising out of or in
connection with the Contract or the execution of the works, unless the Contractor shall have made
a claim in writing in respect thereof as per Clause 52 (4)hereof, before the giving of Certificate of
Final Completion.
Unfulfilled Obligations
3) Notwithstanding the issue of the Certificate of Final Completion the Contractor and, subject to
sub-clause (2) of this clause, the Employer shall remain liable for the fulfillment of any obligation
157 | P a g e
incurred under the provisions of the Contract prior to the issue of the Certificate of Final
Completion which remains unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for the purposes
of determining the nature and extent of any such obligation, the Contract shall be deemed to
remain in force between the parties hereto.
63. REMEDIES AND POWERS
Default of Contractor
1) If the Contractor shall become bankrupt or have a receiving order made against him, or shall
present his petition in bankruptcy, or shall make an arrangement with or assignment in favour of
his creditors, or shall agree to carry out the contract under committee of inspection of his creditors
or, being a corporation, shall go into liquidation (other than a voluntary liquidation for the
purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), or if the Contractor shall assign the Contract,
without the consent in writing of the Employer first obtained, or shall have an execution levied on
his goods, or if the Engineer shall certify in writing to the Employer that in his opinion the
Contractor:-
a) has abandoned the Contract, or
b) without reasonable excuse has failed to commence the Works or has suspended the progress of
the Works for twenty-eight days after receiving from the Engineer written notice to proceed, or
c) has failed to remove materials from the site or to pull down and replace work for twenty eight
days after receiving from the Engineer written notice that the said materials or work had been
condemned and rejected by the Engineer under these conditions, or
d) despite previous warnings by the Engineer, in writing, is not executing the Works in
accordance with the Contract, or is persistently or flagrantly neglecting to carry out his obligations
under the Contract, or
e) has, to the detriment of good workmanship, or in defiance of the Engineer's instructions to the
contrary, sublet any part of the Contract then the Employer may, after giving fourteen days notice
in writing to the Contractor, enter upon the site and the Works and expel the Contractor there
from without thereby voiding the Contract, or releasing the Contractor from any of his obligations
or liabilities under the Contract, or affecting the rights and powers conferred on the Employer or
the Engineer by the Contract, and may himself complete the Works or may employ any other
agency to complete the Works. The Employer or such other agency may use for such completion
so much of the Constructional Plant, amenities and materials, which have been deemed to be
reserved exclusively for the execution of the Works, under the provisions of the Contract, as he or
they may think proper. The Employer, at his option, may sell or choose to return to the
Contractor, without prejudice to any of his rights under the Contract, the said Constructional
158 | P a g e
Plant, amenities and unused materials. In case of sale the sale proceeds shall be applied towards
the satisfaction of any sums due or which may become due from the Contractor under the
Contract. The return of the Constructional Plants, amenities and unused materials to the
Contractor by the Employer, shall be without prejudice to the right of the Employer to recover his
dues form the Contractor by any other means available to the Employer.
Valuation on Date of Forfeiture
2) The Engineer shall, as soon as may be practicable after any such entry and expulsion by the
Employer, fix and determine ex party, or by or after reference to the parties, or after such
investigation or inquiries as he may think fit to make or institute and shall certify what amount, if
any, had at the time of such entry and expulsion been reasonably earned by or would reasonably
accrue to the Contractor in respect of work then actually done by him under the Contract and the
value of any of the said unused or partially used materials, any Constructional Plant and any
amenities brought into existence exclusively for execution of the Works.
Payment after Forfeiter
3) If the Employer shall enter and expel the Contractor under this Clause, he shall not be liable to
pay to the Contractor any money on account of the Contract, until the expiration of the Defects
Liability Period and thereafter until the costs of execution, damages for delay in completion, if
any, and all other expenses incurred by the Employer have been ascertained and the amount
thereof certified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall then be entitled to receive only such sum or
sums, if any, as the Engineer may certify would have been payable to him upon due completion
by him after deducting the said amount. If such amount shall exceed the sum which would have
been payable to the Contractor on due completion by him, then the Contractor shall, upon
demand, pay to the Employer the amount of such excess and it shall be deemed a "debt due" by
the Contractor to the Employer and shall be recoverable accordingly.
64. Urgent Repairs
If, by reason of any accident, or failure, or other event occurring to or in connection with the
Works, or any part thereof, either during the execution of the works, or during period of Defects
Liability any remedial or other work or repair, shall, in the opinion of the Engineer or the
Engineer's Representative, be urgently necessary for the safety of the Works and the Contractor is
unable or unwilling at once to do such work or repair, the Employer may employ and pay other
persons to carry out such work or repair as the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative may
consider necessary. If the work or repair so done by the Employer is the work which, in the
opinion of the Engineer the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense under the Contract, all
expenses properly incurred by the Employer in so doing shall be recoverable from the Contractor
159 | P a g e
by the Employer, or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or which may
become due to the Contractor. Provided always that the Engineer or the Engineer's
Representative, as the case may be, shall, as soon after the occurrence of any such emergency as
may be reasonably practicable, notify the Contractor thereof in writing.
65. SPECIAL RISKS No Liability for War, etc.
Risks
Notwithstanding anything in the Contract contained
1) The Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever whether byway of indemnity or
otherwise, for or in respect of destruction of or damage to the Works, save to work condemned
under the provisions of Clause 39 hereof prior to the occurrence of any special risk hereinafter
mentioned, or to property whether of the Employer or third parties, or for or in respect of injury or
loss of life which is the consequence of any special risk as herein after defined. The Employer
shall indemnify and save harmless the contractor against and from the same and against and from
all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising there out or in
connection therewith.
Damage to Works, etc. by:-
Special Risks
2) If the works or any materials on or near or in transit to the Site or any other property of the
Contractor used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Works, shall sustain destruction or
damage by reason of any of the said special risks the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for:-
a) any part of the Work and for any materials so destroyed or damaged, and so far as may be
required by the Engineer, or as may be necessary for the completion of the Works, on the basis of
cost plus such percentage as stated in Part II of the Special conditions of Contract with reference
to Clause 52hereof.
b) replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Works;
c) replacing or making good such materials or other property of the contractor used or intended to
be used for the purposes of the Works.
Projectile, Missile etc
3) Destruction damage, injury or loss of life caused by the explosion or impact whenever and
wherever occurring of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade, or other projectile, missile, ammunition or
explosive of war, shall be deemed to be a consequence of the said special risks.
Increased Costs arising from Special Risks
4) The Employer shall repay to the Contractor any increased cost of or incidental to the execution
of the Works other than such as maybe attributable to the cost of reconstructing work condemned
160 | P a g e
under the provisions of Clause39 hereof, prior to the occurrence of any special risk, which is
howsoever attributable to or consequent on or the result of or in any way whatsoever connected
with the said special risk, subject however to the provisions in this Clause hereinafter contained in
regard to outbreak of war, but the Contractor shall as soon as any such increase of cost shall come
to his knowledge within seven days of such increase coming to his knowledge, notify the
Engineer thereof in writing.
Special Risks
5) The special risks are war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion act of foreign
enemies, the nuclear and pressure waves, risk described in Clause 20(2) hereof, or insofar as it
relates to the country in which the Works are being or are to be executed or maintained, rebellion,
revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power and civil war.
Outbreak of War
6) If, during the currency of the Contract, there shall be an outbreak of war, whether war is
declared or not, in any part of the world which, whether financially or otherwise, materially
affects the execution of the works, the contractor shall, unless and until the contract is terminated
under the provisions of this clause, continue to use his best endeavors to complete the execution
of the Works. Provided always that the Employer shall be entitled at any time after such outbreak
of war to terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the Contractor and, upon such notice
being given this contract shall except as to the rights of the parties under this Clause and to the
operation of Clause 67 hereof, terminate, but without prejudice to the rights of either party in
respect of any antecedent breach thereof.
Removal of Plant on Termination
7) If the Contract shall be terminated under the provisions of the last preceding sub-clause, the
Contractor shall, with all reasonable despatch, remove from the Site all constructional Plant and
shall give similar facilities to his sub-contractors to do so.
Payment of Contract
Termination
8) If the Contract shall be terminated as aforesaid, the Contractor shall be paid by the Employer,
insofar as such amounts or items shall not have already been covered by payments on account
made to the Contractor, for all work executed prior to the date of termination at the rates and
prices provided in the Contract and in addition:-
a) The amounts payable in respect of any preliminary items, so far as the work or service
comprised therein has been carried out or performed, and a proper proportion as certified by the
161 | P a g e
Engineer of any such items, the Work or service comprised in which has been partially carried out
or performed.
b) The cost of materials or goods reasonably ordered for the Works which shall have been
delivered to the Contractor or of which the Contractor is legally liable to accept delivery, such
materials or goods becoming the property of the Employer upon such payments being made by
him.
c) A sum to be certified by the Engineer, being the amount of any expenditure reasonably incurred
by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the whole of the Works in so far as such
expenditure shall not have been covered by the payments in this sub-clause before mentioned.
d) Any additional sum payable under the provisions of sub-clauses (1), (2) and (4) of this Clause.
e) The reasonable cost of removal of Constructional Plant under sub-clause (7) of this Clause and,
if required by the Contractor, return thereof to the Contractor's main plant yard in his country of
registration or to other destination, at no greater cost.
f) The reasonable cost of repatriation of all the Contractor's staff and workmen employed on or in
connection with the Works at the time of such termination.
Provided always that against any payments due from the Employer under this sub-clause, the
Employer shall be entitled to be credited with any outstanding balances due from the Contractor
for advances in respect of Constructional Plant and materials and any other sums which at the date
of termination were recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor under the terms of the
contract. The Employer shall also return all Bank Guarantees and retention after proper accounts
have been settled between Contractor and the Employer.
66. FRUSTRATION
Payment in Event of Frustration
If a war, or other circumstances outside the control of both parties, arises after the contract is
made so that either party is prevented from fulfilling his contractual obligations, or under the law
governing the Contract, the parties are released from further performance, then the sum payable
by the Employer to the Contractor in respect of the work executed shall be the same as that which
would have been payable under Clause 65hereof, as if the Contract had been terminated under the
provisions of Clause65 hereof. Performance of obligations becoming more onerous shall not be
considered as a cause for `Frustration
67. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
Excepted Matters
1) Wherever, in any of the documents forming part of the Contract, the Engineer has been vested
with the final powers, his decision, opinion, certificate or any other discretion shall be final
162 | P a g e
conclusive and binding on the parties and shall be without appeal. All other matters shall be
subject to the right of arbitration.
Settlement of Disputes and Arbitration
2) Except for matters stated in sub-clause (1) above all other disputes and difference arising out of
or in connection with the contract, whether during the progress of work or after completion, shall
be referred to and settled by Arbitration by sole Arbitrator to be nominated the Managing
Director, ATDC which arbitrators shall, before taking upon themselves, the burden of reference,
appoint an Umpire. In the event of the Arbitrators disagreeing, the decision of the Umpire shall,
however, be final and binding on both the parties. For the purpose of this clause, the provisions of
the Indian Arbitration Act, 1996, with the relevant amendments shall be applicable. None of the
clauses of this contract will survive after issue of the Certificate of Final Completion or payment
of Final Bill, whichever is later.
68. NOTICES
Service of Notices on Contractor
1) All certificates, notices or written orders to be given by the Employer or by the Engineer to the
Contractor under the terms of the Contract shall be served by sending by registered post or by
Courier or delivering the same to the Contractor's principal place of business, or such other
address as the Contractor shall nominate for this purpose.
Services of Notices on the Employer of the Engineer
2) All notices to be given to the Employer or to the Engineer under the terms of the Contract shall
be served by sending by registered post or by Courier or delivering the same to the respective
addresses nominated for that purpose in Part II of these conditions.
Change of Address
3) Either party may change a nominated address to another address in the country where the
works are being executed by prior written notice to the other party and the Engineer may do so by
prior written notice to both parties.
69. DEFAULT OF EMPLOYER:-
Default of Employer
1) In the event of the Employer
a) failing to pay to the Contractor the amount due under any certificate of the Engineer within
thirty days after the same shall have become due under the terms of the Contract, subject to any
deduction that the Employer is entitled to make under the Contract, or
b) Interfering with or obstructing or refusing any acquired approval to the issue of any such
certificate, or
163 | P a g e
c) becoming bankrupt or, being a company, going into liquidation, other than for the purpose of a
scheme of reconstruction or amalgamation, or
d) giving formal notice to the Contractor that for unforeseen reasons, due to economic dislocation
it is impossible for him to continue to meet his contractual obligations. the Contractor shall be
entitled to terminate his employment under the Contract after giving fourteen days' prior written
notice to the Employer, with a copy to the Engineer.
2) Upon the expiry of the 14 days' notice referred to in sub-clause(1) of this Clause, the
Contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 53 (1) hereof, with all reasonable
dispatch, remove from the Site all Constructional Plant brought by him thereon.
3) In the event of such termination the Employer shall be under the same obligations to the
Contractor in regard to payment as if the Contract had been terminated under the provisions of
Clause 63hereof, but, in addition to the payments specified in Clause65 (8) hereof, the Employer
shall pay to the Contractor the amount of any loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of or in
connection with or by consequence of such termination.
70. CHANGES IN COSTS AND LEGISLATION
Statutory variations if any in Value Added Tax (VAT) and Service Tax (ST) on Contract price
shall be to the Employer’s account
164 | P a g e
Part II
Special conditions of contract
I N D E X
Clause Page
SP 1 GENERAL
SP 2 DEFINITIONS
SP 3 POWERS AND DUTIES OF ENGINEERS
SP 4 LANGUAGES AND LAW
SP 5 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY
SP 6 PROGRAMMES
SP 7 INSURANCE
SP 8 LABOUR
SP 9 COSTS OF SAMPLES
SP 10 TIME OF COMPLETION
SP 11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY
SP 12 BONUS FOR EARLY COMPLETION
SP 13 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF WORKS
SP 14 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD
SP 15 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
SP 16 NOMINATED SUB CONTRACTORS
SP 17 CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS
SP 18 APPROVAL AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORKS
SP 19 BID RATES AND PRICES ALL INCLUSIVE
SP 20 EMPLOYER’S AND ENGINEER’S OFFICES AND FACILITIES
SP 21 ACCOMMODATION AND OTHER FACILITIES FOR
CONTRACTOR’S STAFF AND LABOUR IF PERMITTED
SP 22 IDENTITY BADGES
165 | P a g e
SP 23 CONSTRUCTION POWER AND WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
SP 24 SANITATION AND DRAINAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION
SP 25 AMBIENT CONDITIONS
SP 26 SIGN BOARDS
SP 27 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS
SP 28 NOTICES
SP 29 INCREASES OR DECREASE OF COSTS
SP 30 TAXATION
SP 31 REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR
SP 32 VALUE OF VARIATIONS
SP 33 MISCELLANEOUS
SP 34 VARIATION IN QUANTITIES
SP 35 VARATION EXCEEDING
SP 36 ARRANGEMENTS FOR FIRE FIGHTING
SP 37 MEDICAL FACILITIES & SAFETY DEVICES
SP 38 INDEMNIFICATION
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
PART – II – SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SP.1 GENERAL
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT of this PART-II shall be read in conjunction with
GENERALCONDITIONS OF CONTRACT in PART-I and both form an integral part of Contract.
Where the two parts are at variance, the conditions stipulated in this PART II as special Conditions
shall supersede relevant provisions in General Conditions in PART-I.
SP.2 ENGINEER DEFINITIONS (Ref. Clause 1)
The Engineer and shall be:
SP.3 (Ref. Clause 2) POWERS AND DUTIES OF ENGINEERS
The Engineer has been appointed by and duly authorised by the Employer to supervise, test,
examine any materials and/or works, to order, cancel, alter, modify, any of the materials, items or
works within the framework of the Contract. To approve/reject requests for modifications in works
166 | P a g e
or schedule whether or not such orders, approvals, rejections, etc. involve increase or decrease in
the costs or time.
The Engineer is further authorised to administer the Contract, check, correct, modify and certify or
reject any bill or requests for payment for the materials, items of works.
SP.4 (Ref. Clause 5) LANGUAGE AND LAW
The Ruling language for the Contract and related aspects shall be ENGLISH. The Contract shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with Laws of India, for time being in force. The
Contractor shall on his own and at his own expense obtain all necessary permits and permissions to
execute the job, including required registrations, agents etc. and shall indemnify the Employer in
all related matters.
SP.5 (Ref. Clause 8) CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY
SP.5.1 Temporary Works and Arrangements
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer full particulars, drawings, etc. of all temporary works
necessary for the execution of the works and shall allow sufficient time for Engineer to consider
the same. The Engineer reserves the right to comment on the Contractor’s proposals if they
consider that modifications should be made. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
stability and safety of all temporary works including obtaining statutory approvals and payment of
statutory fees, if any. The Engineer will indicate the site(s) for such temporary works and the
Contractor will have to restrict his requirements to the same. Should it be necessary to shift the
temporary works to some other allotted place during the executions of the works, the Contractor
shall do so, when informed by the Engineer, at his own cost and without delay or demur. Such
shifting of temporary works may be in part or in full.
SP.5.2 Initial and Final Clearance of Site for temporary works
The Contractor shall be responsible for the clearance of the site of all scrub, debris, rubbish, etc. to
be removed off site to allocation to be provided by the contractor and approved by the Engineer.
However, no trees shall be removed without the prior permission of the Engineer. The structures,
services and works required to be demolished and removed shall also be removed off site to a
location as mentioned above. The Contractor shall obtain necessary permissions and approvals
from local authorities for such disposals. The demolition shall include digging, excavating and
removal of substructures, foundations and buried works. The cost of all this shall be borne by the
Contractor.
The above is applicable for all site offices, labour camps, and godowns etc. which are not required
after the Work is finally completed.
SP 5.3 Storage, Cleaning and Dewatering
The Contractor shall at all the times during construction keep the Site clean and free from all
debris and unwanted materials as per instructions of the Engineer Storage of materials shall be in
an organised manner and in proper compartments. Storage on suspended floors shall not be
167 | P a g e
permitted unless specifically approved in writing by the Engineer for specific materials in specific
locations and in approved manner. Engineer shall be furnished with load details, if requested,
before seeking approval for storage. Regular cleaning operations shall be undertaken to remove all
dust, debris, waste materials, etc. A cleaning schedule shall be maintained. Contractor shall make
his own arrangement for storage of those materials which cannot be accommodated at site.
Contractor shall be fully responsible for safe custody of the same. Materials shall be considered as
“Delivered at Site” only after the physical presence of materials at site are verified by the
Engineer. Stores elsewhere shall not be eligible for being considered as “Delivered at Site”.
Contractor shall be responsible to keep entire site free from water due to water coming from any
source at any level and shall protect all materials and works from being damaged by the water
from any source. Contractor shall make proper arrangements for drainage prior to use of water for
curing, testing, cleaning etc. Any expenditure incurred by the Contractor in fulfillment of his
obligations under this sub-clause shall be deemed to have been included in the Contract Sum.
SP 5.4 Co-ordination of Builders work required for services
The contractor shall execute the work in coordination with other agencies & shall leave such
necessary holes, openings, etc. for laying/burying in the work pipes, cables, conduits, clamps,
boxes, and hooks for fan clamps etc. as may be required for the electric and sanitary works etc. and
nothing extra shall be paid for the same.The Contractor’s attention is also drawn to the fact that all
holes chases, etc. shall be left in the building work as it proceeds and not cut-out subsequently
except in so far as may be necessary due to subsequent authorised instructions. The Contractor
shall therefore obtain necessary builders work details in such order and in such time as to enable
them to be checked and approved by the Engineer not less than two weeks before the actual
construction is planned to take place.
SP 5.5 General
The contractor shall generally employ local personnel and as far as possible make purchases from
local suppliers.
SP 6.PROGRAMME
Within 15 days of the Award of Contract, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval
a programme showing the order of procedure in which he proposes to carry out the works. The
programme shall be prepared taking into account the activities of various other agencies involved
in the project and shall be to the Approval of the Engineer. The programme shall be reviewed by
the Engineer from time to time and revisions if necessary shall be made for well co-ordinate and
expedient implementation of the project. A separate programme shall be prepared for each
building/structure. The Employer will have the right to indicate priorities for execution of various
buildings/structures included in the Works. The Contractor will mobilize or re-mobilise or adjust
his resources according to the priorities set by the Employer at no extra cost to the Employer. Even
though overall period of the Contract shall be as stated in the Appendix to this Bid; the Consultant
168 | P a g e
or the Employer or the Engineer may have to fix different periods of completion for individual
buildings/structures keeping in view the targeted date for commissioning. The Contractor shall
abide by such different dates of completion, which shall be within the overall stipulated period of
completion and will provide the contractor with a shorter duration within which the Contractor will
have to complete such building /structure. The Contractor will not been titled any extra payment
on this account.
SP.7 INSURANCE (Ref. Clause21,22, 23 & 24)
Insurance of Works
All the Insurance shall be arranged by Contractor from First Class Insurance Company having a
Branch near the Site who can deal with all matters pertaining to the subject.
The following policies shall be maintained for the duration of the contract, or the extended period
if required. Contractor’s All-risk Insurance Policy covering loss, damage, theft, burglary etc. of all
materials and equipment, temporary works and the Works shall be insured for a total sum equal to
the value of all such items plus ten percent of such value. The Contractor shall make available the
insurance cover note before the commencement of work, and shall notify any change in the nature
or extent of the works and also make available Additional Insurance of works if required in Special
Circumstances.
Workmen’s Compensation
Insurance for Injury, Accident, etc.
Contractor shall provide for adequate cover to his employees as per provisions of Workmen’s
Compensation Act.
Indemnity
Contractor shall indemnify the Engineer and Employer from all claims that may arise on account
of Contractor’s operations at Site.
SP 8 LABOUR (Ref. Clause 34)
The Contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations and laws including but not limited to CLB,
ESI, P.F., and Medical and safety of workmen for labour directly or indirectly engaged by the
Contractor, his representative and sub-contractors. The Contractor at their own cost shall register
themselves wherever and whosoever required in this connection at local and state level.
SP 9 COSTS OF SAMPLES (Ref. Clause 36-2)
The Contractors shall at their cost provide samples for the approval of an Engineer and shall
provide alternative sample until an approval has been obtained. The Contractor shall at his cost
provide one set of approved standards and codes to which the proposed materials, items and works
to be executed shall conform. Such a set shall be handed over to Engineer’s representative for
ready reference. All materials, items and works, when submitted for approval shall have reference
of Bid Specifications and drawings and of clauses of relevant standard sand codes for acceptance
169 | P a g e
criteria. The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide normal testing facilities at site as directed by
the Engineer.
SP 10 TIME FOR COMPLETION (Ref. Clause 43)
The whole of the Works shall be completed within the period as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid
from the stipulated date of commencement. The Employer, through the Engineer may fix shorter
periods for certain buildings/structures and the Contractor will have to complete such
buildings/structures in the desired shorter duration at no extra cost to the Employer.
SP 11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY (Ref. Clause 47(1))
The Contractor shall pay to the Employer such sum as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid as
liquidated damages which shall lapse between the time prescribed by Clause 43 and SP 10 hereof
and the date of certificate of completion of the works. Such liquidated damages shall be subject to
a maximum limit as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid.
SP 12 BONUS FOR EARLYCOMPLETION (Ref. Clause 47 (3))
If it is desired by the Employer to pay to the Contractor such sum as stipulated in Appendix to the
Bid as Bonus which shall have to lapse between the date of certificate of completion of the works
and the scheduled date of completion arrived at from the time prescribed by Clause 43 and SP 10
hereof. Such Bonus shall be subject to a maximum limit as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid.
SP 13 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION OF WORKS (Ref. Clause 48)
The Engineer shall issue Certificate of Completion of Works upon request from the Contractor
void clause 48, only if in the opinion of the Engineer the work be substantially completed is in
such a condition so as to be put to its proper commercial use and/or occupied without any short
comings and no major or minor items of works are remaining which in the opinion of and the
Engineer will cause undue difficulties in satisfactory use/occupation of the Works. The opinion of
the Engineer shall be final and binding.
SP 14 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD (Ref. Clause 49)
The Defects Liability Period shall be as stipulated in Appendix to the Bid or 365days calculated
from the date of completion of the Works, whichever is lesser.
SP 15 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT (Ref. Clause 57)
The Works shall be measured in percentage basis as given in the mile stone.
SP 16 NOMINATED SUBCONTRACTORS (Ref. Clause 59)
Agencies/Companies/Parties, to which any part of the work is sublet or assigned by the Contractor
at his own discretion, shall not seem to be
Nominated Sub Contractors vide clause 59, although their appointment is approved by the
Engineer vide Clause 3 & 4.
170 | P a g e
SP 17 CERTIFICATES & PAYMENTS (Ref. Clause 60)
SP 17.1 Billing and Certificates
Payment will be made as percentage basis (Mile stones) as indicated in the terms of
payment and as per availability of fund.
Sl.
No.
Miles stones Payments (Percentage
of total quoted amount)
1 Completion of 30% of all Civil works 20%
2 Completion of 60% of all Civil works 35%
3 Completion of civil works in all respect 15%
4 Completion of external and internal water
supply system, internal electrification and
external electrification works
14%
5 Supply, erection and commissioning of
distribution transformer and DG set
6 %
6 Landscaping and footway & furniture 5 %
7 On hand over of the project with due clearance
of engineer in charge
5 %
SP 17.2 Advances
SP 17.2.1 Terms of Payment
Advance as stipulated in the appendix to the Bid excluding sums of contingencies shall be payable
to the Contractor against an irrevocable Bank Guarantee of like amount in the same currency, from
a scheduled and/or Nationalised Bank.
The mobilization advance will recovered on pro rata basis
(@15%of the bill value & till full recovery) from the second RA bill or after completion of 15% of
the work whichever is earlier.
Advance BG can be released after full recovery of the mobilization advance.
SP 17.2.3 Payment for Works
The Contractor shall be paid for every completed miles stones claimed only safte cerification by
the engineer –in-charge such sum or price of the work executed.
SP 17.2.4 Retention Money
Retention Money shall be as stipulated in the Appendix to the Bid:
Retention Money shall be released in the Pre-final Certificate of Payment provided that
Performance Bond is valid or has been revalidated for the entire duration of the Defects Liability
Period.
171 | P a g e
SP 18 APPROVALS AND ACCEPTANCE (Ref. Clause 13 & 61)
Provisional Acceptance
SP 18.1 The work shall deem to have been provisionally accepted after fulfillment of all of the
following by the Contractor.
1. Obtaining approvals from local Authorities as required for occupation and use of the Works and
handing over such certificates to the Engineer.
2. Submitting As-Built Drawings, Catalogues, Brochures, Data Sheets, manuals as directed by the
Engineer.
3. Obtaining Certificate of Completion vide Clause 48 from the Engineer.
4. Handing over of the Works to the Employer as directed by the Engineer.
SP 18.2 Approval and Acceptance
The works shall deem to have been approved and accepted only on issue of Certificate of Final
Completion by the Engineer without prejudice to the Employer’s rights under the Contract
particularly under Clause 62(3).
SP 19 BID RATESAND PRICES ALLINCLUSIVE
All taxes shall be included in quoted rates and borne by the Bidder. Royalty on quarried materials
like stones, stone ballast, gravel, murrum, silica and other materials shall also be included in rates
and borne by the Bidder. Royalty on excavated earth, stone, boulders, at site shall be included in
rates for relevant excavation items. Quoted rates shall remain firm throughout the performance of
contract.
SP 20 ENGINEER’SFACILITIES
The Contractor shall provide at all times for the duration of the contract all chairman, staff men,
workmen and survey instruments for the exclusive use of the Engineer as directed by the Engineer
for carrying out of his duties in connection with the contract. Such instruments, which must be
approved by the Engineer shall include but not be limited to the following:
1) One the odolite and tripod capable of reading to 20seconds.
2. One level with horizontal circle and tripod.
3. Two metric leveling staffs not less than 3.5 metres high.
4. One 100 meter rust less steel band, one30 metre rust less steel tape and two 30metre linen tapes.
5) An adequate number of ranging rods, drop arrows, wooden setting-out pegs, etc.
The contractor shall be solely responsible for all such instruments and equipment and shall ensure
that they are at all times in good repair and adjustment.
SP 21 ACCOMODATIONAND OTHERFACILITIES
FORCONTRACTOR’SSTAFF ANDLABOUR IFPERMITTED
The Contractor shall provide accommodation for his staff and labour within site only on very
specific permission in writing from Engineer and not otherwise. Under normal circumstances, no
permission will be granted for such purposes on the site. The provisions should in no way affect
172 | P a g e
the natural ecology of the site. The location shall be approved by Engineer. The type of temporary
structures shall also be to the approval of the Engineer. Coal/Fire wood shall not be used for any
purpose. All cooking shall be in centralised locations and by kerosene or gas.
SP 22 IDENTITYBADGES
All staff and labour shall be given identity badges of approved design and these shall be worn
whenever the person is moving on the Site.
SP 23 CONSTRUCTIONPOWER
CONSTRUCTION POWER AND WATER FORCONSTRUCTION
The Contractor shall arrange for power for construction and temporary buildings / works at his
own cost and nothing extra shall be payable on this account. The Contractor shall also install at his
own cost a set of mobile Diesel Generator for construction, temporary buildings and temporary
lighting in order to take care of power failure and inadequate / fluctuating supply of power. These
shall be provided from the date of mobilization upto the commissioning. The contractor shall
provide all accessories and cabling as required along with the sets. The contractor shall provide the
installation and shall maintain the same in good order for entire duration.
The contractor shall then remove and take away all the equipments and accessories and the likes.
WATER FORCONSTRUCTION
Water for construction shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost and the same is deemed
to be included in the quoted rates.
SP 24 SANITATION ANDDRAINAGEDURINGCONSTRUCTION
The Contractor shall provide sanitation and drainage facilities on the Site as stated subsequently, at
his own cost. The Contractor shall strictly control the labour so that the Site is not polluted, made
dirty or littered with debris, wastes or the likes. Any person found creating mess or litter or
pollution shall be removed from the Site immediately at Contractor’s cost. The Contractor shall
provide sanitation facilities at convenient locations on Site to preserve the cleanliness of the Site.
The effluent shall be directed as follows:
1. Waste Water : Collection and pumping out and disposal off the Site in approved manner.
2. Sewage: Septic Tank Provision –sludge to be collected and disposed off at intervals as directed.
The locations of the above provisions shall be as marked on the Site Mobilization Scheme drawing
to be submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer.
SP 25 AMBIENTCONDITIONS
The Contractor shall take note of the Site conditions and shall obtain any further details about
ambient conditions on his own and take into account while pricing his Bid. All items and
equipments quoted shall be suitable for satisfactory working under the ambient conditions.
173 | P a g e
SP 26 SIGN BOARDS
The Contractor shall provide at his own cost, two Site sign Boards, at directed location of overall
size 2 metres wide and 4metres height and of approved design. The names of the Project,
Employer, Consultants, Engineer, and Contractor etc. shall be exhibited as directed.
SP 27 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS
SP 27.1 General
The drawings and documents prepared for the project shall be treated as confidential documents
and must not be copied or loaned to any other party without the express permission of the Project
Management Consultant (PMC).
SP 27.2 Bid Drawings
The Bid drawings furnished by the Consultant are for Bid Purpose only and are intended as a
guide to the Contractor and give general layout of buildings and structures and general positions of
utilities and services only and in measuring from these drawings and preparing Bid quotes the
contractor must make due and proper allowance for all necessary diversions from the straight line,
rises or falls as may be required for the proper execution of the works. Detail drawings in all cases
shall be worked to in preference to those of a more general nature and figured dimensions where
indicated shall be followed in preference to scaled dimensions. Should any item of equipment,
materials or labour which would reasonably and obviously be inferred as necessary for the
complete, safe and satisfactory usage of the Works or part thereof, not be expressly specified, the
contractor shall provide and execute such work as a part of the contract at no extra cost to the
Employer.
SP 27.3 Contract Drawings
Engineer shall issue from time to time free of charge two sets of Contract Drawings, Approved for
Construction, to the Contractor and one copy thereof to the Employer. Additional copies as and
when required shall be supplied by the Engineer and costs shall be reimbursed by the Contractor.
In case the issue of drawings does not conform to the programme as planned and approved, the
contractor shall immediately submit a revised programme so that; by deployment of adequate
resources, the Work is completed within the stipulated time period. The Project Management
Consultant may from time to time during the course of contract issue the Contractor with revised
contract drawings and the Contractor shall ensure that all superseded drawings are removed from
site and stored in a lockable cabinet as directed by the Engineer and replaced by revised contract
drawings. The Contractor shall ensure that a complete up to date Register of Drawing is
maintained at Site. All Contract Drawings shall be properly filed and indexed for ready reference.
The Contractor shall ensure that only the valid up to date contract drawings are used for
preparation of working drawings, setting out, construction etc.
174 | P a g e
SP 27.4 Working Drawings
Working drawings shall mean any or all drawings, required for satisfactory execution of the work,
in addition to the contract drawings and shall be prepared and got approved by the Project
Management Consultant. Working drawings shall include Shop and Fabrication Drawings for
Wood work, Metalwork, False work, Bar Bending Schedules etc. as required by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall be entirely responsible for co-ordination of entire work at site including the work
carried out by Sub-Contractors and shall ensure that requisition for all necessary working drawings
issued to contractor are made in advance to PMC so as not to cause any delay in the expeditious
execution of the works as per the programme. Working drawings to be prepared by the PMC shall
be such that all details are included as required by the Engineer in charge at an appropriate scale
to ensure that the Works are properly executed, co-ordinate, fabricated and installed in accordance
with contract drawings and specifications. The Contractor shall make a general check of all
physical sizes and details of plant and equipment required and/or specified for the project and shall
inform the Engineer of any matter that may come to his notice with which he disagrees. Any
comments by the Contractor on the difficulty in incorporating the plant, materials and equipment
in the project and the time required for the completion of the work shall be made to the Engineer in
charge .
SP 27.5 Discrepancies
The Contractor shall bring to the notice of the PMC any discrepancies within or between contract
drawings and/or the other contract documents prior to preparation of working drawings and
commencement of work and shall not proceed with work until the Engineer gives clarifications
and instructions to proceed.
SP 27.6 As-Built Drawings
“As Built Drawings” shall be provided by PMC at the time of handing over and shall be prepared
by the PMC at his own cost. As-built drawings shall be under preparation from the onset of the
contract, in order that all minor amendments and discrepancies from the “Working Drawings” are
incorporated. To ensure that this requirement is complied with, the PMC shall inspect the drawings
on his request as the Works proceed. 4 sets of “As-Built” drawings shall be submitted by the PMC.
One shall be transparency and others shall be prints. At the discretion of the PMC and subject only
to his express agreement certain working drawings may be modified and submitted to the PMC as
the “As Built” drawings.
SP 27.7 Maintenance Manual
The Contractor shall also provide the Engineer with two copies in adorable plastic case of the
operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals. The arrangement of these manuals shall be as
follows:
175 | P a g e
SECTION A : Index
SECTION B : Full set of Indexed Photographs showing all salient features of the Project.
SECTION C : Description and details of materials, items and fittings and fixtures used for the
project along with Catalogues & Addresses of the Suppliers.
SECTION D : Planned maintenance instruction and dates for order replacements.
SECTION E : List of recommended Spare parts of consumables.
SECTION F : List of “As-Built” Drawings Until the Record Drawings, prints, transparencies
and manuals referred to above have been received and approved by the Engineer, the Contract
shall not be considered as complete and payment of monies will be withheld until such drawings,
etc. have been submitted to and approved by the Engineer and the cost of providing such records
including proper submission thereof is deemed to be included in the Contract Sum quoted by the
Contractor.
SP 28 NOTICES (Ref. Clause 68)
The required Notices shall be at the following nominated addresses:
EMPLOYERS ADDRESS:
M/s. Assam State Transport Corporation(ASTC)
Paribahan Bhawan,
Paltan Bazar, Ghy-08
Ph-______________, Fax- _______________.
E-Mail :_____________________
SP 29 INCREASEOR DECREASEOF COSTS (Ref. Clause 70 (1))
The Contract shall be firm price contract and the rates and prices quoted shall remain firm
throughout the tenure of contract.
SP 30 TAXATION
The Contractor shall be responsible to pay all taxes relating to execution and delivery of the Works
as also personal and Company taxes of his Staff and his Organisation wherever applicable.
SP 31 REPORTS BYCONTRACTOR
1) The Contractor shall maintain daily weather record. Daily maximum and minimum temperature
and corresponding, humidity shall be recorded and charted. Rainy days shall be recorded when the
rain lasting more than one hour hampers the work. Any other inclemency in weather shall be
recorded. The records shall be regularly shown to the Engineer and his signature obtained.
2) The Contractor shall file daily category-wise labour return. The report shall indicate scheduled
requirement against actual strength.
3) The Contractor shall prepare Weekly Reports of planned and actual progress of work and
subsequent week’s scheduled work. These will also include material procurement status. This
report shall be submitted to Engineer and shall be reviewed in Weekly Co-ordination Meeting.
4) The Contractor shall submit Monthly Report along with monthly bills.
176 | P a g e
5) Further Progress Charts and Schedules shall be prepared by the Contractor as directed by the
Engineer.
SP 32 VALUE OF VARIATIONS (Ref. Clause 52)
The rates of extra or additional items of work shall be derived from the rates of items of similar
nature in the contract, and in the absence of any such items of similar nature in the contract, the
rates for such extra or additional items of work shall be derived by rate analysis of such items
based on the actual cost of materials and/or labour for items plus the following percentage to cover
the cost of plant and machinery, supervision, overheads and profits etc.
a. Items requiring supply of materials, } Cost of labour and machinery plus materials plus 10%
b. Items requiring supply of materials} Cost of material only} plus 15%
c. Items requiring labour & supervision} Cost of labour only} plus 10%
For such extra items as stated above, the Contractor shall obtain necessary prior approval from the
Engineer / Consultants prior to the commencement of such work in writing the Engineer’s
/Consultants decision in matters of such extra items shall be final and binding on the contractor.
SP 33 MISCELLANEOUS
1) The Contractor shall arrange at his own cost to maintain a progress record of the works by
taking postcard size colour photographs minimum 6 Nos. Or more per month or fortnight as
directed by the Engineer during the construction stages and after completion and shall supply
one set to the Employer and one set to the Consultants at no extra cost. These photographs
shall also be submitted as part of the contractors R.A Bills. The same shall be furnished as per
requirement of Chapter 10 of Monthly Progress report in I.e.; Progress Charts – Photographs
Monthly Progress Report
2) The Contractor will be required to submit periodic reports on the progress of his work as per the
format attached herewith as Part –IV – Monthly Progress Report
Safety Regulations
3) The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety of his Employees / Contract Labours /
Sub-Contractors Labours. The Contractor shall provide first-aid box readily available at site. The
Contractor shall provide all safety measures during supervision/inspection of his work by
Engineer.
Labour Laws
4) The Contractor shall strictly adhere to all labour laws prevailing in that region. The contractor
shall make timely payment of wages of their labours and the wages paid to the labours shall be
equal to or more than the per minimum wage prevailing at the time of payment. The Contractor
shall comply with all applicable labour legislation.
Clarification /Discrepancy
5) Any clarification/discrepancy in the Bid shall be sorted out with the Engineer, before execution
of Works. The Engineer’s decision in this regard shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
177 | P a g e
Income Tax Deduction at Source
6) As per the statutory rules, Income Tax shall be deducted at source by the Employer from
Contractors bills and the certificate to that will be given by the Employer. If there is a statutory
requirement for deduction of Works Contract Tax or any other tax at source, then such requirement
shall be followed and the tax deducted at source (TDS)will be deposited with the authority and
certificate to this will be issued to contractor in an approved format.
Cement Storage
7) Contractor shall make covered and water tight storage shed of adequate storage capacity for the
necessary quantity of the cement that would be required for the project and needed to be stored
from time to time to facilitate the work.
Loan of Labour
8) The Employer may, if required, request the assistance of Contractor’s labour for purposes other
than those forming part of this contract. The Contractor will not unreasonably deny such assistance
and the Engineers decision in this regard shall be binding on the Contractor. The Contractor will
then be paid on the basis of rates quoted by him in the Day Work Schedule included in the Bill of
Quantities and all provisions made in Sub Clause (3) of Clause58 of the General Conditions shall
be applicable in this case as well.
Power of Attorney
9) The person signing the Bid/contract shall have Power of Attorney to sign on behalf of the
Company.
By-Laws of Statutory Authorities
10) The Contractor and his labour shall not violate municipal/sanitation/health or another bye-law.
Bank Guarantee
11) Wherever a Bank Guarantee is required to be submitted by the Contractor, it shall be as per
draft enclosed/ available with the Employer to his satisfaction.
Safety Rules
12) The Contractor shall take all safety precautions / measures and ensure safety for the works, he
has been contracted to execute. He shall follow all relevant safety codes of CPWD and IS codes
and safety manuals. The Contractor shall indemnify to the Employer from any consequences
arising due to Contractor’s failure in respect of safety measures.
SP 34 VARIATIONS INQUANTITIES
Quantities in the Schedule of Quantities for various items are approximate. Assam State Transport
Corporation(ASTC)do not accept any responsibility for the correctness or completeness of the
schedule in respect of items and quantities and is liable to alteration by omission, deductions, and
substitution or additional at the discretion of Assam State Transport Corporation(ASTC) without
affecting the terms of contract. The Contractor will not be eligible for any claim in any case of
178 | P a g e
variation in the quantities provided by the contractor in the technical bid performa ( List of
material) approved by ASTC/PMC.
SP 35 VARATIONEXCEEDING
If during the execution of whole of works, it is found that the ultimate value of works as being
executed will vary from the contract sum by more than ± 10% of the contract sum, the Employer
may consider to re-negotiate only the sum by which such limit of ± 10% is exceeded, subject to
such limit not being exceeded due to termination of contract, in which case the matter shall be
dealt in accordance with Clause No.63, 65 and 69 with the prior approval of the Employer, shall
settle this claim with the Contractor. Failing an agreement with the Contractor, will determine the
percentage increase in rates and consider the same in his certification of payments.
SP 36 Arrangements for fire fighting
The Contractor shall provide arrangements for firefighting at his own cost. For this purpose, he
shall provide requisite number of fire extinguishers and adequate number of buckets, some of
which are to be always kept filled with sand and some with water. This equipment shall be
provided at suitable prominent and easily accessible places and shall be properly maintained.
These fire prevention inspections shall include but not limited to the following :
a) Proper handling, storage and disposal of combustible materials, liquids and wastes.
b) Work operations which can create fire hazards.
c) Access for firefighting equipment.
d) Type, size, number and location of fire extinguishers or other firefighting equipment.
e) Inspection and maintenance records for extinguishers.
f) Type, number and location of containers for the removal of surplus materials and rubbish.
g) General housekeeping.
SP 37 Medical Facilities& Safety Devices
The contractor should arrange his own medical facilities at project site and should depute a trained
first aid supervisor at site for immediate medical assistance. The first aid box should contain all
necessary medicines / appliances. Contractor must also arrange for stretcher and provision for
ambulance for unexpected emergency. The contractor should arrange for all safety devices
including but not limited to the following: Safety Helmet (Ratchet type with plastic cage) and steel
toe safety shoe shall be mandatory. Full body safety harness (1.8Mtrdouble lanyards & scaffold
hook ) and fall arrestor with carabineer along vertical and horizontal lifeline shall be mandatory.
SP 38 Indemnifications
The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the employer and furnish the indemnity
Bond signed by the contractor as per the format provided by the employer along with the terms
and conditions.
179 | P a g e
QUALIFICATION INFORMATION
The information to be filled in by the Bidder in the following pages will be used for
purposes of post qualification.
1. For Individual Bidders …………………………………………………………………………..
1.a)Constitution or legal status of Bidder :……………………………………………………………………………………………….
[Attach Copy]
1.b) Place of Registration :………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1.c) Principal Place of Business :………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1.d) Power of Attorney of Signatory of Bid:………………………………………………………………………………………………..
[Attach] …………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Total value of Civil Engineering construction
work performed in the last Five years 2017 – 2018 Rs.…………………………….. (InRs.Million)
2016 – 2017 Rs.……………………………..
(Attach Certificate from 2015 – 2016Rs.……………………………..
Chartered Accountant) 2014 – 2015Rs.……………………………..
2013 – 2014Rs.……………………………..
3. Work performed as prime contractor of a similar nature over the last five years.
Name of
the
Employer
Descriptio
n of Work
Contract
No.
Value of
Contract
(Rs.
Crore)
Date of
Issue
of work
order
Stipula
ted
period
of
comple
tion
Actual
Date of
Completion
(Attach
Certificate
from
Engineer-
In-Charge)
Remarks
explainin
g
reasons
for delay
& work
complete
d
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
180 | P a g e
4. Quantities of work executed as prime contractor, in the last five years.
Year Name of the Work
Name of the Employer
Quantity of Work performed
(Cu m) Remarks
Steel
Reinforcement
Remarks
(indicate contract
Ref)(Attach Certificate from
Engineer-In-Charge)
Cement
Concrete
(including RCC &
PCC)
Brick Work
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2017-18
2016-17
2015-16
2014-15
2013-14
5. Existing Commitments and on-going works:
Description
Works
Place
&
State
Contract
No.
Name &
Address of
Employer
Value of
Contract
(Rs.)
Stipulate
d Period
of
Completi
on
Value of
works
remaining to
be completed
(Rs.)
Anticipated
date of
completion
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
181 | P a g e
6. Works for which bids are already submitted:
Description
Works
Place &
State
Name &
Address of
Employer
Estimated
Value of
Works (Rs.
Crore)
Stipulated
Period of
Completion
Date when
decision is
expected
Remarks
if any
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
7. Availability of key items of Contractor’s Equipment essential for carrying out the Works. The Bidder
should list all the information requested below.
Item of Equipment Requirement Availability Proposals
Remarks
(from whom
to be
purchased)
No. Capacity Owned/Leased
to be Procured
Nos.
/Capacity Age/Con
dition
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Water Tanker / Water
tank
Concrete Vibrator
Welding Machine
Cube Test Machine
(Complete kit)
Sieve Analysis
(Complete kit)
Concrete Hammer
Concrete Mixer
Machine
Excavator Cum
Roller, Truck
&Dumper
Lader
Others
182 | P a g e
8. Qualifications and experience of key personnel required for administration and execution of the
Contract
Position Name Qualification
Year of
Experience
Years of
Experience in the
Proposed position
1 2 3 4 5
Site Engineer cum
Project Manager
Quality Control
Engineer.
Electrical Engineer
Other Staff
9.Proposed sub-contracts and firms involved.
Sanctions of the Works Value of Sub-Contract Sub-Contractor
(Name & Address)
Experience in Similar
Work
1 2 3 4
183 | P a g e
10.Financial reports for the last five years: balance sheets, profit and loss statements, auditor’s reports
(in case of companies/corporation), etc. List them below and attach copies.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
11. Evidence of access to financial resources to meet the qualification requirements: cash in hand,
lines of credit, etc. List them below and attach copies of support documents.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. Name, address, and telephone, telex, and fax numbers of the bidder’s bankers who may provide
references if contacted by the Managing Director, ASTC., , Paltanbazar, Guwahati–8.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………
13. Information on litigation history in which the Bidder is involved.
Order Party Employer Cause of
Dispute
Amount
Involved
Remark showing
present status
1 2 3 4 5
Table-11
14. Proposed work method and schedule .The bidder should attach descriptions, drawings and
charts as necessary to comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents.
15. Work Programme……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
16. QualityAssurance Programme………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
17. Undertaking (Bid validity)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
18. Authority …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
19. Other if any …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
184 | P a g e
BID SECURITY (BANK GUARANTEE)
WHEREAS, ------------------------------------- [Name of Bidder] (Herein after “the Bidder”) has
submitted his bid dated ----------------------------------------------------- [date] for the construction of
-------------------------------------------------- [Name of Contract] (Hereinafter called “The Bid”)
KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that WE ------------------------------------------------- [name
of bank] of --------------------------------- (name of the country) having our registered office at ------
------------------------------------- (hereinafter called “the bank”) are bound unto ------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- { name of employer} (hereinafter called “the
Employer”) in the sum of --------------------------------------------- for which payment well and truly
to be made to the said Employer the bank binds itself, his successors and assigns by these
presents.
SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this ---------- day of ------------
THE CONDITIONS of these obligations are:-
(1) If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his Bid during the period of bid validity
specified in the Form of Bid;
Or
(2) If the Bidder having been notified of the acceptance of his Bid by the Employer during the
period of Bid validity:
(a) Fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions
to Bidders, if required; or
(b) Fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the
instructions to Bidders, or
(c) Does not accept the correction of the Bid price ;
We undertake to pay to the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written
demand, without the employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the
Employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the Employer will note
185 | P a g e
that the amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the three
conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions.
This Guarantee will remain in force upto and including the date --------------------------- days after
the deadline for submission of Bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it
may be extended by the Employer, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived.
Any demand in respect of this Guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date.
DATE--------------------------------------------SIGNATURE OF THE BANK----------------------------
------------------------
WITNESS---------------------------------------SEAL----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------
(Signature, name and address)
1. The Bidder should insert the amount of the Guarantee in words and figures denominated
in Indian Rupees.
2. 28 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid. Date should be inserted by the
Employer before the Bidding documents are issued.
186 | P a g e
PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE
To: --------------------------------------------------------------------- [name of Employer]
---------------------------------------------------------------------- [Address of Employer]
WHEREAS------------------------------------------------------------------ [name and address of Contractor]
(hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, in pursuance of contract ----------------------No---------
------------Dated------------------------------ to execute-------------------------------------------------------- [Name
of Contract and brief description of works] (Hereinafter called “the contract’)
AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you
with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with
his obligations in accordance with the contract.
AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the contractor such a Bank Guarantee;
NOW THEREFORE, we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you, on behalf of
the Contractor, up to a total of --------------------------------------------------- [amount of Guarantee] ----------
--------------------------------------------------- [In words], such sum being payable in the types and proportions
of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written
demand, and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of -----------------------------------
--------------- [ amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or
reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein.
We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Contractor before presenting us
with the demand.
We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract or of the
Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between you
and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive
notice of any such change, addition or modification.
This guarantee shall be valid until 28 days from the date of expiry of the Defects Liability Period.
Signature and seal of the guarantor ----------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Bank ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage of the Contract Price
specified in the Contract and Denominated in Indian Rupess.
187 | P a g e
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
It is not the intention to specify completely herein all aspects of design and constructional
features of equipment’s and details of the work to be carried out, nevertheless, the equipment and
work shall confirm in all respects to high standards of Engineering, Design and workmanship
and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable
to the owner who will interpret the meaning of the specifications and drawings and shall have
right to reject or accept any work or material which in his assessment is not complete to meet the
requirements of this specifications and / or applicable code and standards mentioned elsewhere
in this specifications.
MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
1. All Materials brought on site of works and meant to be used in the same shall be the best of
their respective kinds and as per approval list enclosed or specific approval from EIC.
2. Samples of all materials shall be got approved by the EIC and shall be deposited with him
before the order for the material is placed with the suppliers. The material brought on the
works shall confirm in every respective with approved samples.
3. The contractors shall check each fresh consignment of materials as it is brought on the site of
the works, to see that they confirm in all respects to the satisfactions and/or samples approved
by the Owner.
4. The Owner will have the option to have any of, the materials tested to find whether they are
accordance with the satisfaction and the contractor will bear all expenses in that connection.
All bills, vouchers and test certificates which, in the opinion of the EIC or the representative,
as necessary to convince him as to the quality of the materials of their suitability shall be
produced for his inspection on requisition Testing charges, if any shall have to be borne by the
contractor.
5. Any material that have not been found to confirm to the specification will be rejected
forthwith and shall be removed from the site by the contractors within 48 hours at their own
cost.
188 | P a g e
6. The ATDC shall have power to cause the contractors to purchase and use
such materials, from any particular source, as may in his opinion benecessary for the
proper execution of the work.
7. Workmanship: All works shall be to level plumb and square comers, edgesand arises in all
cases shall be unbroken and finished neat.
8. Skilled mistries for therespective trades shall employed by the contractorsto check to the
work in progress and to instruct and extract the right kind of workmanship from the men
employed on the works Instructions given to such mistries by the EIC or his representative
shall be carried out with a view to get the work executed in a neat and workman like manner
according to these specification.
9. The EIC may order the inspection any finished work as he chooses and in a manner he
decides, and the contractors shall bear all expenses in the connection. If the results of such
inspection prove that the workmanship is not of the standard required, the work will be
rejected and removed forthwith and he replaced by works of the accepted standard of quality.
HARDWARE & METALS:
1. Tables side units back units consoles or other articles as per schedule of quantities shall be
deemed to be inclusive of all the hardware required e.g. locks, sliding channels handles /
knobs, bolts screws PVC buffers for the legs of sofas chairs tables etc. as per instructions
of engineer in charge.
2. Screws are to match the finish of the articles to be fixed and to be round or flat headed or
counter sunk as required.
3. The contractor should cover up and protect the brass and bronze surfaces with a thick
grease or other suitable protective materials renew as necessary and subsequently clean off
and clear away join completion.
4. Aluminum and stainless steel shall be of approved manufacturer and suitable for its
particular application. Generally, surface of aluminum shall have an iodized finish or
powder coated finish and both shall comply with the samples approved by the EIC All
stainless steel sheets shall be 304 s.s. Japan or equivalent with gauge as specified but not
thinner than 16 gauge. All exposed steel surfaces shall also have powder coated finish and
shall completed with samples approved by ATDC.
5. All steel, brass, bronze, aluminum and stainless steel articles shall be subjected to a
reasonable test for strength if so required by the ATDC at the contractor ’s expense.
6. All branching and welding are to be executed in a clean and smooth manner rubbed down
189 | P a g e
and left in the flattest and tidiest way, particularly where exposed.
7. Chromium plating shall be in accordance with IS standard or as per approved specification
for normal outdoor conditions and shall be on a base material of copper brass or as
specified.
GLAZING:
1. All glass is to be of approved manufacturer of approved quality and shall be free from
bubbles, smokes, waves, air holes and other defects. The kind of glass to be used shall be
as mentioned in the item or specification or in the special provisions or as shown in
detailed drawings. Thickness of glass panel shall be uniform. All glass to be approved
manufacture complying with IS : 3548 - 196 or as per approved quality and sample.
2. The compound for glazing to metal is to be special non- hardening compound manufacture
for the purpose and of 9 brand and quality approved the EIC.
3. While cutting glass, proper allowance by made for expansion. Each square of glazing to
be in one whole sheet. On completion of work, all glass shall be cleaned inside and
outside and all cracked scratched and broken panes shall be replaced and left in a good
condition.
4. All exposed edges of glass shall be lead polished.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
GENERAL
This specification is for work to be done, item to the supplied and materials to be used in the works as
shown and defined the drawings and described herein, all under the supervision and to the satisfaction
of the Owner.
1. The workmanship is to be the best available and of a high standard. Use must be made of
special tradesmen in all aspect of the work and allowance must be made in the rates for doing
so.
2. The materials and items to be provided by the contractor shall be approved by the EIC in
according with any samples which will be submitted for approval by the contractor and
generally in accordance with the specifications. Also if products are specified in the
specification and/or bill of brand trade name or catalogue reference the contractor will be
required to obtain the approval of the Architects before using the materials. The contractor
shall produce all invoice, vouchers or receipts for any materials if called upon to do so by the
EIC.
190 | P a g e
3. Samples of all materials are to be submitted to the EIC for approval before the contractor
orders or deliver the materials at site. Samples together with their packing are to be provided
free of charge by the contractor and should an materials be rejected they will be removed from
the site at the contractors expenses. All samples will be retained by the EIC for comparison
with the materials which will be supplied. The contractors submit specimen finish of colors,
fabrics, etc. for the approval of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
4. The contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining any boxing or other
temporary coverage required it the protection of dresses or finished work if left unprotected.
He is also to clean out all shelving cut ends and other waste from all parts of the works before
coverings or infillings are constructed.
5. Templates, boxes and moulds shall be accurately set out rigidly constructed so as to remain
accurate during the tin they are in use.
6. Only the class workmanship will be accepted contractor shall maintain uniform quality and
consistency in workmanship throughout.
JOINERY
1. Joinery is to be taken up immediately after the placing of the contract frame-up, bonded and
wedged up. Any portions that are warped or found with other defects are to be replaced before
wedging up. The whole of the work is to framed and finished in a proper workman like
manner in accordance with the detailed drawings, wrought and whenever required, fitted with
all necessary metal ties, straps, bolts, screws glue etc. Jointers work, generally to be finished
with fine sand glass paper.
JOINTS:
1. All joints will be standard mortise and tenon, dowel, dovetail, and cross halved. Nailed or
glued butt join will not be permitted. Screws nails etc. will be standard iron or oxidized and of
nettle fold make joint less state otherwise. Where mortise and tenon joints are used, tenons
should fit the mortises exactly. In respect of points in the hollock timber frame wash in sofas
the joints should confirm to the best practice in the trade.
2. Nailed or glued butt joints will not be permitted, except in exceptional cases with approval of
EIC.
3. Where screws shown on a finished surface, these will be sunk and the hole plugged with a
wood plug of the san wood and grain of the finished surfaces unless detailed otherwise. Nails
on finished surfaces will be nearly punches and the hole filled with wood filler to match the
color.
191 | P a g e
4. Should joints in joiner’s work open, or other defects arise within the period stated for defect
liability in the contract and the clause thereof, such defective joinery shall be taken down and
refilled, redecorated and/or replaced necessary and any work disturbed shall be made good at
the contractor’s expense.
5. Nails, spikes and bolts shall be of lengths and weights approved by the EIC Nails shall
complete with IS 1959-1960 or equivalent approved quality sample. Brass hedge nails are to
comply with B.S. 1210. Wire staple shall comply with B.S. 1494 or equivalent.
6. The contract surface of dowel, wedges etc. shall be glued with an approved adhesive.
7. Where glued Joinery and carpentry work is likely to come into contract with moisture, the
glue shall be waterproof.
8. All dovetail joints shall be further strengthened with M.S. Cleats for cabinet furniture like
tables, storage units etc.
9. Where boards/plywood has to be fixed on another boards/plywood the two surfaces shall be
fixed together by applying special carpenter’s adhesive and headless nails.
PAINT AND POLISHES:
1. All materials required for the works shall be of specified and approved manufacturer,
delivered to the site in the manufacturer’s containers with the seals, etc., unbroken and clearly
marked with the manufacturer’s name or trade mark with a description of the contents and
colour. All materials are to be stored on the site of the work.
2. Spray painting with the approved machines will be permitted only if written approval has been
obtained from the Architect/Employer. The paint used for sparing is to be specially prepared
by the manufacturer for spray Thinning of paint made for brushing will not be allowed.
3. Wood preservative shall be Ascu Green Saver or any other equal and approved impregnating
wood preservative at all concealed wood work shall be treated with wood preservative.
4. All brushes, tools pots, kettles, etc. used in carrying out the work shall be clean and free from
foreign matter and at to be thoroughly cleaned out before being used with a different type of
class of material.
5. All iron or steel surfaces shall be thoroughly scraped and rubbed with wire brushes and shall
be entity free from rusting mill scale etc. before applying the priming coat.
6. Surfaces of new wood work which are to be painted are to be rubbed down and cleaned to the
approval of the Owner.
7. All exposed teakwood surfaces and Veneer surfaces and surfaces which are not treated
192 | P a g e
otherwise shall be finish with stained polish to the required shade and melamine/ PU finish.
8. All exposed cedar wood surfaces and clear ply surfaces shall be finished with ready mixed
wax polish to give nature shade.
9. The Bided rates shall include cost of seasoning and providing wood preservative and as given
in the specification
POLISH:-
Pure shellac varying from pale orange to lemon yellow color free from resin or dirt shall be
dissolved methylated spirit at the rate of 140 gm of shellac to 1 litre of spirit. Suitable pigment
shall be added to get the required shade.
1. The surface shall be cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed from smooth with the
sand paper and well sets if variable shall be covered with a preparation of red lead and
the size land on white hot Hoes an mgehtations on the surface small be stopped with
plazsr’s putty. The surface shall then be given a coat of won filler by mixing whiting
(ground chalk) in methylated spirit at the rate of 1.50kg of whiting per litre of spirit.
The required staining agent shall be added to get the required sand. The surface shall
again be rubbed down perfect smooth with glass paper and wiped clean.
2. The polishing rubber, the most important implement in French polish shall consist of a
pad of cotton wool., which acts as a reservoir for the polish and a soft white linen or
cotton fabric similar to a well worn handkerchief, which acts as a filter. The rubber
must never be dipped in to the polish. It should be charged by pouring the polish on
the pad with the cover remove.
3. The surface shall be worked upon evenly a slow figure of eight motion until the
surface is coated with a thin layer of polish. The object shall be to apply a series to
thin coats, allowing only a few minutes for drying between the coats, when a level and
even bodied surface is obtained the work is considered ready for the second stage is
spiriting off. Allowing the work to stand for at least eight hours, a fresh rubber with a
double thickness of cover material shall be rubber with a double thickness or cover
shall be taken and charged with methylated spirit. The surface shall be sprite off to
remove the rubber marks and to give the brilliance of finish. The rubber shall be
worked in the direction grain an continued till the surface is free from smears and
rubber marks and left to harden off.
PU FINISH:
The wooden articles to be polished as per the manufactures specification and workmanship to
193 | P a g e
be of 1stclass ( ASIAN/ MRF/ NEROLAC/ BURGER / ICI BELCO)
1. Cleaning & rubbing the wood/ Veneer surfaces with water proof Amery paper up to
getting smooth surface.
2. Making of desired colour base from colour stainer & thinner. Apply it on wood/
Veneer with cotton cloth up to getting desired colour shade.
3. Apply PU sealer spray by Spray.
4. After minimum 24 hours apply putty made from special powder, PU sealer and
desired colour stainer.
5. After getting it dray (minimum 24 hours) rub the surfaces with 100 no. waterproof
Amery paper and clean the surface and apply pU sealer coat with cloth.
6. Repeat step 4.
7. Again ally PU cating with spray and after 24 hours rub the surface with 220 no water
proof amery paper.
8. Reapeat step 4.
9. Repeat step 7.
10. Final coating- Apply final PU spray catinfg after getting desires shade & finish.
MALAMINE FINISH:
The wooden articles to be polished as per the manufactures specification and workmanship to
be of 1st class.( ASIAN/MRF/ NEROLAC/ BURGER / ICI BELCO)
1. The melamine finish shall be applied on the French spirit polished surface.
2. Follow the steps as specified for above for PU polish. In this case application material
is Melamine product.
ENAMEL PAINTS :
Oil paints shall be of 1st quality and the specified colour and shade, and as approved. The
ready mixed paints shall only be used. However, if ready mixed paint of specified shade or
tint is not available while ready mixed paint with approved stainer will be allowed. In such a
case,, theContractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint so allowed shall be uniform.
All the paints shall meet with the following general requirements:
(i) Paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened full can and shall
easily be re-disbursed with a paddle to a smooth homogeneous stage. The
194 | P a g e
paint shall show no curdling, livering, caking or colour separation and shall be
free from lumps and skins.
(ii) Paint as received shall brush easily, possess good leveling properties and show
no running or suggesting tendencies.
(iii) The paint shall not skin within 48 hours in a three quarters filled closed
container.
(iv) The paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free from roughness, grit,
unevenness and other imperfections.
Ready mixed paint shall be used exactly as received from the manufacturers and generally
according to their instructions and without any admixtures what-so-ever.
PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT :
Pigmented priming coat (emulsion thinned with water) followed by three or more finishing
coats of plastic emulsion paint. Pasted filler to be applied after every coat exempting the final
finishing coat and sanded.
TIMBER:
Timber generally is to be best of its kind, well and properly seasoned, of nature growth, free
from worm holes large loose or dead notes or other defects and sawn die square and will not
suffer wrappings, splitting or other defects through improper handling.
The hardwood is to be CP teak weighing not less then 45 Lbs per cubic feet with a moisture
content tax. Shall be covered polished etc. after written permission.
Wood for frame work/ roughwood shall be hollock even though drawings may show Kail.
All dimensions given in the schedule of quantities and drawings are the required finished size.
Timber shall be well seasoned and kiln dried with a moisture content of 12% nominal +2% for
teakwood. The contractor should get the timber tested for moisture content of wood at his own cost as
per the directions of the EIC.
Timber is to be cut to the required sizes and lengths as soon as practicable after the works are begun
and stored under cover so that the air will circulate freely around it. Joinery is to be prepared,
immediately after the placing of the contract, framed up (but not bonded) and stored until required for
fixing in position, when it is to be bonded and wedged up. Any portions that warp or develop shakes
or other defects are to be replaced before wedging up, the whole of the work is to be framed and
finished in a proper and workman like manner, in accordance with the detailed drawings, and fitted
with all necessary motaties straps, belts screws etc. running bonded joints are to be cross tongued with
195 | P a g e
teak on guess and where over 1 - % % thick double cross tongued. Joiner’s work generally is to be
finished with fine class papered surfaces unless otherwise specified.
Templates boxes and moulds shall be accurately set out and rigidly constructed so as to remain
accurate during the time they are in use. Ground are to be clean shown, free form large knots, splayed
as required, plugged and fixed to walls etc. at 1’6’’ centers.
Wood plus are to be cut on the twist, patent wall plugs or plastic filling may be used in lieu of wood
plugs with the approval of the Architect.
All unexposed surfaces of timber e.g. false ceilings, backing fillets backs of doors frames, cupboard
framing, grounds etc. are to be treated with two coats of approved timber preservative like solignim,
kirticite, termiseal orcastoral or vacumn pressure impregnated with and approved water soluble timber
preservative before fixing or bedding.
MDF BOARD/BLOCK BOARD/PLYWOOD/PARTICLE BOARD:
1. MDF boards block boards/plywood/particle board etc. as specified in the approved list of
manufacturers shall only be used..
2. MDF board shall comply with I.S. 12406-1988. Manufacturers specification shall be followed
in the use of MDF boards for the various usages.
3. PLYWOOD :Plywood for general purpose shall confirm ISI 303 - 1975. It shall be of B.W.R.
grade in the specified thickness for the commercial type B.W.R. grade plywood, formed with
0.8 mm. Th. Commercial face veneers and 1.5 mm th. Intermediate veneers in two opposite
grain direction shall be 1:1. The moisture content shall not be more that 12.5% by mass. It
shall be of CENTURY make or other equivalent approved made. Where B.W.P. grade is
specified it should be boiling water proof confirming to I.S. Standards.
4. MELAMINE FACED PARTICAL BOARD -It should be three layered wood based particle
board, such as Novapan melamine faced pre-laminated on both sides. Particle board should be
ISI 3087FPTH (type II, 1965) marked on edges and should also confirm to German Din
Standard viz DIN 66761. it should impart good bending strength, modules of elasticity,
internal bond strength and screw holding strength. Melamine faced surface should has
resistant to crack at 100 and should pass cigarette burn test.
LAMINATES :
All the laminate to be used shall be of 1.5 mm thickness in approved the colour and shade as
approved and specified by the EIC. It shall be matt finish manufactured by approved brand
196 | P a g e
&as per the sample approved. It shall satisfy all the I.S.I. Standards for melamine coated
laminated fiber boards Contractor shall have to take approval of the Department for each sheet
of the laminates.
VENEERS:
The best quality natural wood veneers of the specified wood and of the specified thickness
shall be used. It shall be in matching group and of uniform shade and as per the selection and
approval. The Contractor shall have to obtained the approval of the prior to pressing of
veneers. The contractor shall have to use the brand of veneers as approved by the EIC.
RUBBER:
Natural latex rubber (Geo foam or its equivalent) of specified density and the thickness shall
be used for all the cushions and padding for upholstered furniture. Loose cushions of all
furniture should have solid foam walling to keep up proper shape.
UPHOLSTERY:
This will be of first class standard workmanship with webbing no-sag springs, coiled springs,
padding and filling as specified on drawing. Covering fabrics will be shown tufted and corded
as shown on the drawing and as approved by the employer.
CUSHION VENTS :
Brass or aluminium ‘cushion vents’ should be installed at the back or underside of seat
cushions (especially those covered in leather evenly plastic or very tightly women fabric) to
allow air to escape and to prevent torn seams.
P.O.P. / Gypsum Board :
Specification of material for P.O.P./ Gupsum board work shall be Class-I quality.
Measurements: Length and breadth of the plan area of the finished work shall be measured
correct to a cm. no deductions shall be made for openings provided, nor shall extra material or
labour involved in such openings. Rate to include decorative work with sunk raised levels in
false ceiling. Rate shall include all scaffoldings staging etc.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
The contractor shall submit for approval all joinery details for total furniture. Shop drawings
shall relate to site measurements and shall show in detail the construction of various parts of
the work, the method of jointing, thickness and type of material, the finishes to be applied to
the various exposed surfaces, details of anchoring, joints, welds, fastening and all other
197 | P a g e
relevant information.
Great care must be exercised in cutting the RCC slabs/beams to locate suitable reinforcement for
welding the M.S. flats to be provided for suspension of false ceiling system. The damage to the
R.C.C. member shall be made good with cement mortar 1:2 (1cement:2coarse sand). The projecting
portion of the M.S. flat below the R.C.C. member and any other steel member in the false ceiling
system shall be painted with one coat or red oxide paint.
The Bided rates shall apply for all floors heights. The Bided rates shall include backing of plastered
surface wherever Dado/wall lining with marble/granite stone slabs are envisaged and the back has
been plastered
198 | P a g e
199 | P a g e
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONELECTRICAL WORK
ELECTRICAL WORK GUIDELINES
It is not the intention to specify completely herein all aspects of constructional features of equipment’s and details of
the work to be carried out, nevertheless, the equipment and work shall confirm in all respects to high standards of
Engineering, workmanship and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation in a manner
acceptable to the owner who will interpret the meaning of the specifications and drawings and shall have right to
reject or accept any work or material which in his assessment is not complete to meet the requirements of this
specifications and / or applicable code and standards mentioned elsewhere in this specifications.
SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work under this specifications shall include supply, storage, erections, testing and
commissioning of following items for complete electrification including labour, tools, tackles and
plants etc. as required.
A) Construction of 11 KV line with PSC pole, street lighting including supply , erection,
testing and commissioning of 100 KV distribution transformer and 100 KVA DG set for
back up lighting etc.
B) Lighting system for the indoor and outdoor areas of the building complete with
switchboards, switches, receptacles, wires, conduits, Earthing and their accessories etc. as
required.
C) SERVICES
a) For Electrical points, telephone, fire alarm system wiring, cabling connections
and their terminations at required points with respective accessories.
b) Laying of conduits, made of PVC/MS with respective accessories.
c) Panel and distribution boards with accessories and their terminations.
d) Raising mains/sub-mains/bus ducts with accessories and their terminations.
e) Earthing system.
f) The scope of work shall also include all minor/ civil works associated with lighting,
power panels, Distribution boards, Cables, cable trays, conduits either on surface or in
walls or ceiling for light points, switch boxes cutting and chasing the walls, ceiling
including refilling, plastering the same.
g) Materials and components not specifically mentioned in the specifications but
necessary for satisfactory installations and operations of the system mentioned therein
shall be deemed to have been included in the scope of work of this specification and NO
extra payment shall be made for the same.
The installation shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Indian Electricity Act 1910
200 | P a g e
as amended up to date. Indian Electricity Rules 1956, thereunder and special requirements, if any
of the state electricity boards etc.
RATE
A) The rate of the wiring points (light, fan, plug, bell) given in the schedule of work shall
be irrespective of the length of the points. Circuit wiring of these points shall not form part
of the rate. The point wiring shall be carried out with 3/0.029 copper conductor PVC
insulated 650/1100 volts grade wire with the circuit wiring shall be 3/0.036 copper
conductor. For power point wiring shall be with 7/0.036 copper conductor PVC insulated
650/1100 volts grade wire including earth conductor of minimum size of
14 SWG bare / copper shall be part of the point wiring.
B) Separate wiring shall be made for each wiring system such as NORMAL,
EMERGENCY, TELEPHONE etc. No extra payment shall be made to the contractor on
this regard.
C ) Point wiring shall consist of circuit wiring from final/sub-distribution board together
with controlling switch, ceiling rose or any other approved termination or socket outlet
with switch.
D ) Wiring shall be done in LOOP IN system and phase or line wire shall be looped at
switch box and neutral conductor shall be looped from point.
DRAWINGS
i) Few drawings showing general layout of building are enclosed and for distribution and
for condition assessment as such can be taken from site itself. These drawings are meant
to give a general Idea to bidder regarding the nature of work.
ii) Prices shall not be subject to variation after award of work due to difference in
drawings and actual construction drawings released from time to time.
iii) Contractor shall prepare and submit to the OWNER for his approval, detailed shop
drawings of all system of wiring, Distribution boards, panels etc. All work shall be carried
out on the approval of these drawings, however approval of these drawings does not
release the contractor of his responsibility with the intent of the specifications.
CONDUIT WIRING & LIGHTING
The conduits shall be of GI / PVC as specified.
All conduits shall be GI except where the same are embedded in RCC or brick, where they
201 | P a g e
can be in PVC.
All G.I. Conduits shall be heavy gauge solid drawn or welded black stove enameled and
shall be of the following gauges :
G.I. Conduit
Upto 32mm dia - 16 SWG (1.6 mm)
Over 32mm dia - 14 SWG (2.0 mm)
All PVC conduits will be heavy gauge range.
Flexible conduits shall be formed from a continuous length of spirally interlocked strip
steel having a fused zine coating on both sides. The conduit shall be terminated in brass
adaptors. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall not exceed 1.0 m
ACCESSORIES :
Conduit fittings such as bends, elbows, reducers and nipples, split couplings, plugs etc.
shall be specifically designed and manufactured for that particular application. All G.I. /
M.S. conduit fittings shall conform to IS 2667 - and IS 3887.
WIRES :
All wires shall be PVC insulated with single core copper or aluminium to
I. S. 694 conductors as specified and shall be 650 / 1100 volt grade. Fire resistant wires
shall be provided where mentioned in the BOQ.
All wires shall be colour coded as follows:
PHASE COLOUR OF WIRE
R Red
Y Yellow
B Blue
N Block
Earth Green
Control Grey
202 | P a g e
INSTALLATION:
The size of conduits shall be selected in accordance with the number of wires permitted
under table given below. The minimum size of the conduit be 19 mm dia. Unless
otherwise indicated or approved Size of wire shall be not less than 1.5. Sq.mm. cooper.
Conduits shall be kept at a minimum of 300 mm from the pipes of other non-electrical services
when run parallel and 100 mm in height when run perpendicular.
Layout of conduits shall be generally as indicated on Agency’s shop drgs. And the layout shall
be supplemented and complemented by Agency on site with the approval of the engineer - in -
charge.
Wiring for short extensions to outlets in hanging ceiling or to vibrating equipments, meters etc.
be installed in flexible conduits. Otherwise rigid conduits shall be used. Length of flexible
conduit in each case shall not exceed 750 mm.
Conduits run on surface shall be supported on metal 6 mm thick saddles which in turn are
properly screwed to the wall or ceiling. Saddles shall be at intervals of not more than 500 mm.
Fixing screw shall be with round or cheese head and or rust proof materials. Exposed conduits
shall be neatly run parallel or at right angels to the walls of the building. Unseemly conduit
bends and offsets shall be avoided by using fabricated mild steel junction / boxes through boxes
Stranded
Copper wires
Solid
Aluminium
wire
Nominal Cross
sec. (Sq.mm)
ZXC
19
mm
25
mm
32
mm
40
mm
50
mm
3/0.737 1/1.4 1.50 3 6 14
3/1.06 1/1.80 2.50 2 4 8
7/0.85 1/2.24 4.00 2 3 6
7/1.06 1/2.80 6.00 3 6
7/1.40 1/3.55 10.00 2 4 6
16.00 6
25.00 4 6
35.00 3 5
203 | P a g e
for better appearance. No cross-over conduits shall be allowed unless it is necessary entire
conduit installation shall be clean and neat in appearance.
Conduits embedded into the walls shall be fixed by means of staples at not more than 500 mm
intervals. Chase in the wall shall be neatly and refilled after laying the conduit and brought to the
finish of the wall.
Conduits buried in concrete structure shall be position and securely fastened to the reinforcement
and got approved by the Engineer - in - charger, prior to the time concrete is poured. Proper care
shall be taken to ensure that the conduits are neither dislocated nor choked at the time of pouring
the concrete. Separate fish wires shall be drawn in all conduits before they are embedded. Where
conduits passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate fittings shall be used to take
care of any relative movement.
Inspection boxes shall be provided for periodical inspection to facilitate drawl removal of wires.
Such inspection boxes shall be flush with the wall or ceiling in the case of concealed conduits.
Inspection boxes shall be spaced at not than 12 meters apart or to 90 degree bends or equal. All
junction and switch boxes shall be covered with 6mm clear Perspex plate or other material
directed by consultant truly cut and fixed using cadmium plated brass screws. These junction
boxes shall from part of point wiring or conduit wiring as the case may be including the cost of
removing the Perspex cover for painting and refixing. No Separate charges shall be allowed
except where specially mentioned.
Conduits shall be free from sharp edges and burrs and the threading free from grease or
oil. Threading system of conduits must be completely installed and rendered electrically
continuous before the conductors are pulled in. Conduits should be terminated in junction
boxes of not less than 32 mm depth.
A bare earth wire of not less than 2.5 sq.mm section copper shall be run with each conduit.
Where more conduits are urn. the earth wires shall be provided shall be provided as
following, interconnection all the conduits on both sides of a threaded joint with copper
earth clamps.
Upto 4 Nos. conduits 2 Nos. earth wires min.Sq.mm., copper
Upto 8 Nos. conduits 3 Nos. earth wires min.Sq.mm., copper
204 | P a g e
Upto 12 Nos. conduits 4 Nos. earth wires min.Sq.mm., copper
Where an insulated earth wire is specified in the schedule of work, the conductor shall be
2.5 sq.mm or specified in BOQ stranded copper PVC insulated pulled along with the
phase conductors. The insulated earth wire shall be pulled in each conduit. The schedule
of work defines where insulated earth wire or bare earth wire is to be used.
LIGHTING AND POWER WIRING:
All final branch circuit for lighting and appliances shall be single conductor cable run
inside conduits. Conduits shall be properly threaded and screwed into bends, junction
boxes.
Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be as shown in schedule of quantities and / or
drawings.
Not more than 4 final branch circuits shall be carried in one conduit. Wires of the same
phase shall be drawn in one conduit except in the case of 2 Ph / 3 Ph circuits. Each
lighting branch circuit shall have not more than ten outlets or 800 watts whichever is
lower.
Flexible cords for connection to appliances fans and pendants shall be 650 / 1100V grade
(three or four core with insulated neutral wire of same size) with tinned stranded copper
wires, insulated, twisted and sheathed with strengthening cord.
Looping system of wiring shall be used. Wires shall not be jointed. No such joints shall be
made unless the length of sub circuit, sub - main is more than the length of the standard
coil. Where joints are unavoidable, these shall be made through approved mechanical
connectors.
Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductor only and shall be "ON” when
knob in down. Switches shall be fixed in 3 mm thick sheet boxes with cover plates as
specified.
Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring. Conduits not less than 25
mm and wires not less than 2.5 sq.mm copper shall be used for power wiring.
Every conductor shall be provided with identification ferrules matching the drawings.
CELLING ROSES:
These shall be of bakelite and of approved make and colour and shall not contain fuse
terminals. These shall be provided with brass ceiling plate and M.T. Brass screws and
washers with cord grip for termination of wires.
205 | P a g e
a. Plate type, moulded design - switches on white Urea Power pressed cover plates.
These shall be of single pole, double pole, two ways, one ways one ways or
otherwise as called for in the Schedule. These shall be manufactured as per
relevant IS Codes and shall amply to Indian Electricity Rules. The minimum rating
shall be 5 A at 250 V AC.
SOCKET OUTLETS WITH PLUGS:
These shall be white Urea Powder pressed sockets in 2 pin and earth design of best
quality, suitable for single phase, 250 volts supply. The earth pin shall be effectively
connected to the nearest earth connections in distribution board / switch board with not
less than 3 mm 2 (No. 14 SWG) copper wire. The socket outlets shall be in Plano type
flush mounting or on plate designs as called for n the schedule:
INTERLOCKED METAL CLAD SWITCH FUSE UNITS:
The Metal Clad switch fuse unit shall be of the heavy duty type, quick make and break
action, of any approved pattern and capable of carrying continuously the current specified.
All the switch fuse units shall have "U” type contacts on fuse carriers and the switch fuse
units of capacities 30 amps and above shall be provided with spring type contacts on the
fuse bases. Unless otherwise specifically brought out in the schedule the metal cases shall
be of cast iron and shall be provided with knock - outs for incoming and outgoing pipes or
cables and earthling terminals. The cover of the switch shall be interlocked with the
switch handle so that the cover cannot be opened unless the switch is "OFF” and the
switch cannot be made on unless the cover is fixed.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT:
Wiring in suites and rooms shall be measured as per BOQ points. Other wiring shall be
measured and paid on the basis of points and definition of points wiring shall be as
mentioned in the schedule of work and shall include all junctions boxes of 16 SWG, MS
box to house switches, sockets, fan regulators with cadmium plated brass screws, to
accommodate plate switches connector earth wire fixing accessories, connection to all
light fixtures, fans etc.Sub mains / circuit wiring from LDB to main switchboard of
individual room / cabin / areas will be paid separately.
206 | P a g e
TESTING :
The entire installation shall be tested for:
a. Insulation resistance.
b. Earth continuity.
Polarity of Single pole switches.
ERECTION OF CONDUITS
a) The conduit shall be properly and tightly screwed between the various lengths and into
the boxes through which it runs and terminals so that the wiring is continuously, and
effectively protected through out its entire length. No part of the conduit shall be under
mechanical stress and the whole conduit system shall be electrically and mechanically
continuous through out.
b) Corners shall be turned by means of easy bends or sets made without altering the
section or opening the same. The radius of every conduit bends shall be such
as to allow compliance with regulation B-32 of I.E.E. regulations for bends. in cable; and
in addition the inner radius of the bend shall not be less 2.5 times the out side diameter of
the conduit.
c) Where conduits are connected by means of a socket, the ends of the conduit shall be
put together in the centre of the socket, and in the case of running joints no exposed shall
be visible after erection.
FIXING OF BOXES
(a) All boxes, except those for external works, shall be securely fixed by means of
counter sunk screws, minimum size 40mm No.8 using approved type rawl plugs.
(b) At least one screw shall be used for fixing standard circular boxes and adaptable boxes
up to 100mm size. A minimum of four fixing screws shall be used for larger boxes.
(c) In all cases, the fixing holes shall be suitable for counter sunk screws, so that the
screws heads do not project into the boxes and all screws driver burrs shall be removed
before cables are drawn in.
(d) For external work and other particularly damp situations, galvanised cast iron,
weatherproof boxes with external fixing lugs shall be used.
(e) In addition to the external fixing, the boxes shall be supported by saddles spaced not
more than 150mm on each side of the box Fixing holes shall not be drilled in the box.
207 | P a g e
EARTHING
(a) Cypriot 14 swg minimum copper bare earth wire or insulated wire as specified is to be
drawn in each conduit for earthing the general light and power outlet up to 230 volts and 2
for 415 volts. Earth conductor size shall be in accordance with I.E. Rules table D-2.
(b) The earth conductor shall be terminated by means of drilling two holes in the conduit
box, the earth wire shall pass through one hole to the outside of the box and shall be
connected by means of a rose Courtney type washer to a 3/8", 2" BA round headed brass
screws which shall be bolted into the second hole. Two washers and two nuts shall be
used with each screw.
(c) A similar arrangement to the above shall be used at the termination to the equipment
or by any other approved manner, meeting with the approval of the Engineer.
INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES, SOCKETS & ACCESSORIES
All the switches shall be wired on phases connections shall be made only after testing the
wires for continuity, cross phase etc. with the help of a switches, sockets, fan, regulator
etc. shall be housed in proper sheet steel enclosure with PVC/Perspex sheet. Regulators
shall be fixed on adjustable MS flat straps inside the enclosure. The arrangement of
switches and sockets shall be neat and systematic covers for enclosures accommodating
switches, sockets, etc.(point control boxes) shall be of 5mm thick. fine finished
PVC/PERSPEX material/hylam are fixed to the enclosure in plumb with counter sunk
head, chromium plated brass screws. outlets shall be terminated into a ceiling rose for fan
points and into autoway wall plug sockets, the conductors may be terminated directly into
the switches and sockets. The outlets, point control boxes etc. shall be set out as shown on
the drawings. Before fixing these, the contractor shall obtain clearance from the
Engineer/Architect with regard to their proper locations. The enclosures of sockets/and
3rd pin of the sockets shall be connected to the ground through a proper size earth
continuity wires as laid out in standard specifications no. MV-150.
POSITION OF POINTS, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS & SWITCHBOARDS
a) The recommended position of the light point, control switches, distribution boards as
approved on the drawings shall be adhered to as far as practicable. In case of location
changes due to Architectural requirements, no extra payments will be made on this
account.
208 | P a g e
b) Before commencement of work, the exact final position of all points, switch boxes
and the distribution boards shall be ascertained by the Bidder from the EIC.
SAMPLES
The contractor shall submit 2 sets of samples of accessories and apparatus, he proposes to
use in the installations, at site for approval a required. This specification shall not be
departed from without any written instructions from the Owner.
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
Where manufacturers have furnished specific instructions relating to the material/
equipment to be used in this job, covering points, not specifically mentioned in these
documents, manufacturer's instructions shall be followed.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
All the materials and equipments shall be of approved make and design, Unless otherwise
called for, only the best quality materials and equipment shall be used.
PRICES
Prices shall remain firm and free from variations due to rise in the cost of materials/labour
during the stipulated period of execution and during extended period of Completion of
project.
209 | P a g e
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FORSANITARY
SECTION
It is not the intention to specify completely herein all aspects of design and constructional features
of equipment’s and details of the work to be carried out, nevertheless, the equipment and work
shall confirm in all respects to high standards of Engineering, Design and workmanship and shall
be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable to the
owner who will interpret the meaning of the specifications and drawings and shall have right to
reject or accept any work or material which in his assessment is not complete to meet the
requirements of this specifications and / or applicable code and standards mentioned elsewhere in
this specifications.
MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
1. The rater for laying and fixing of the pipelines, valves and other specials etc. of concealed type
should include additional cuttings, threading of pipes etc. & chiseling, making holes the wall,
floor, RCC wherever required and making the good the same. If required and no claim on this
account will be entertained.
2. If any road is required to be cut for laying water supply or drainage line that will be done by the
contractor at no extra cost and road should be restored to its original conditions after laying and
testing of pipelines, all at no extra cost.
3. G. I. pipe fittings (Heavy) shall be either major brand with ISI mark as approved by engineer - in-
charge.
4. The G. I. pipe wherever required to be used shall be of "C” class (Heavy) quality. The pipes shall
be either TATA, ZENITH, JINDAL make approved by Engineer-in-charge.
5. CI soil waste and vent pipes with ISI marks of established brand shall be used for work Pipes
should confirm to IS 3980.
210 | P a g e
6. The W. C. seat, wash hand basin, Urinal etc. shall be as per approved CT no. and shall be of Cera,
Hindustan sanitary, Parryware make and first quality and with ISI mark if available.
7. The contractor has to dump the excavated/ debries etc stuff out side the premises or as directed by
Engineer-in-charge.
8. The PVC flushing cistem of 10 litre capacity shall preferably of champion or established brand
with ISI mark as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
9. The hold fasts for doors and windows shall be provided as per IS 7196-1974.
10. Nahani trap should be of standard brand confirming to ISI with proper water seal and same shall
be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
11. Gun metal wheel valve shall be of approved brand and weight as per relevant
IS with ISI mark and as per IS 770/1584.
12. Gully trap shall be confirming to IS 651 and shall have to be got approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.
13. The fittings viz sluice valves etc. should be cleaned and to be painted with two coats of anti-
corrosive paint etc. to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer- in-charge before installing the same
in position at no extra cost.
14. All the sluice valves required for the work shall with stand a pressure of 20 kg / cm and shall be
strictly in accordance with the IS specifications and must have the ISI certificate stamp mark on
the body of the sluice valve. The valves without ISI mark/stamp make will not be acceptable.
15. The contractor shall have to make necessary and adequate pumping arrangements mechanically
for dewatering the subsoil water at all stages of construction at no extra cost.
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS REFERRED TO
1. I.S. No. 1200 - Latest measurement of building and civil engineering work.
2. I.S. No. 287 - 1973.
Recommendation for maximum permissible moisture content of Tiber used for different
211 | P a g e
purposes in different climatic zones.
3. I. S. No. 1141 - 1973 code of practice for seasoning of timber.
4. I. S. No. 6534 - 1971 guiding principles for grading and inspection of
timber.
5. I. S. No. 1200 (Part XXI) 1973
Method of measurement of building and civil engineering works. Part XXI wood work and
joinery.
6. I.S. No. 3845 - 1966. code of practice for joints used in woodenfurniture.
7. I. S. No. 4000 - 1967. Wooden flush doors. Type to method of testfor.
8. I. S. No. 4970 - 1973. Key for identification of commercial timbers.
9. I. S. No. 3364 (Part II) - 1975, Method of measurement andevaluation of defects in timber,
part II converted timber.
10. I. S. No. 1708 - 1969. Method of testing small clear specimens oftimber.
11. I. S. No. 6342 - 1971. Rose wood logs for production of slicedveneers.
12. I. S. No. 5248 - 1969. Teak logs for production of sliced veneers.
13. I. S. No. 2202 (Part I) 1973. Specification for wooden flush doorshutters (solid core type part I
plywood)
14. I. S. No. 2338 (Part I) - 1967. Code of practice for finishing of woodand wood based materials
part I operations and workmanship.
15. I. S. No. 7630 - 1975. Methods of sampling of plywood. 16. I. S. No. 303 - 1975. Specification for plywood for general purposes.
17 I. S.No. 3129 - 1965. Specification for article board for insulationpurposes.
18. I. S. No. 3513 - 1966. (part I. S. No. & part IV). High and medium density wood based
laminates part I. S. No. general purposes. Part IV sampling test.
19. I. S. No. 1659 - 1979 block boards.
20. I. S. No. 7316 -1974.Decorative plywood using plurality ov
veneersfor decorative faces.
21. I. S. No. 3478 - 1966. High density wood particle boards.
22. I. S. No. 1734 (part I to XX). Plywood method of test for
Part I .General
Part II .Plywood
Part III .Battens
23. I. S. No. 1328 - 1970. Veneer decorative plywood.
24. I. S. No. 710 - Marine ply.
212 | P a g e
25. I. S. No. 3087 -1965. Wood particle boards (Medium density)
26. I. S. No. 848 -1974. Specification for synthetic resin adhesives for
plywood (Phenolic & Aminoplastic)
27. I. S. No. 2046 - 1969. Specification for decorative laminate.
28. I. S. No.8273-1976.Fibrous gypsum plaster boards.
29. I. S. No.2095-1964.Gypsum plaster boards.
30. I. S. No. 2542 (part I) - 1978. gypsum plaster concrete and products, methods of test for part I
- plaster and concrete.
31. I. S. No. 8272 - 1976. gypsum plaster for use in the manufacture of fibrous plaster boards.
32. I. S. No.2441-1963.Fixing coiling coverings code of practice for.
33. I. S. No.2835-1977.Specification for flat transparent sheet glass.
34. I. S. No. 2395 (Part I) - 1966
2395 (Part II) - 1967 Painting to concretes, masonry, plaster surfaces code of practice for part - I operation and
workmanship part II schedule.
35. I. S. No. 3548 - 1966. Glazing in building code of practice for.
36. I. S. No. 6278 - 1971. White washing and colour washing, code for
practice for.
37. I. S. No. 137 - 1965. Specification for ready mixed paint brushing,
matt or egg shall flat finishing, interior to Indian standards colours as required.
38. I. S. No. 133 - 1975. Specification for ready mixed paint brushing,
wooden coating, interior to Indian standard colours.
39. I. S. No. 129 - 1950. Specification for enamel interior (a) under
coating (b) finishing
40. I. S. No. 120 - 1950. Specification for ready mixed paint brushing
gray filler for enamel for use over primer.
41. I. S. No. 129 - 1950. Specification for ready mixed paint brushing,
finishing, interior, oil gloss, for general purposes to Indian standard
colours.
42. I. S. No. 533 - 1973. Specification for gum sprit of turpentine (oil of
turpentine)
43. I. S. No. 101 - 1964. Methods of test for ready mixed paints and
enamel.
44. I. S. No. 75 - 1973. Specification for linseed oil, and refined.
213 | P a g e
45. I. S. No. 77 - 1976. Specification for linseed oil, boiled for paint.
46. I. S. No. 124 (part I) - 1976. Specification for ready mixed paint
brushing, finishing, semi glosses, for general purpose.
47. I. S. No. 5884 - Specification for woolen carpets.
48. I. S. No. 104 - 1979. Specification for ready mixed paint brushing,
finishing, zinc chrome primer.
49. I. S. No. 5391 - 1969. Adjustable metal chairs for use of typist and
operators in telephone exchanges.
50. I. S. No. 8756 - 1978. Ball catches for use in wooden almirahs. 51. I. S. No. 3499 - 1976 (part II) chairs for office purposes metal
revolving and tilt in.
52. I. S. No. 5416 - 1969. General purpose wooden chairs methods of test for.
53 I.S. No. 6185 - 1971. High chairs specification and safety
requirements for.
54. I. S. No. 4116 - 1976. Joints used in wooden furniture code of
practice for.
55. I. S. No. 3845 - 1966. Joints used in wooden furniture code of
practice for.
56. I. S. No. 7070 - 1973. Shelving racks wooden (adjustable and non -
adjustable type).
57. I. S. No. 4414 - 1977. Table tops (wooden)
58. I. S. No. 5967 - 1969. Tables, wooden, methods of test for.
59. I. S. No. 3564 - 1975. Door closers (hydraulically regulated)
60. I. S. No. 799 - 1979. Drawer locks, cupboards and box locks.
61. I. S. No. 7981 - (part I) - 1975. glossary of terms relating to builders
hardware - part I locks.
62. I. S. No. 204 - (part I II) 1978. Tower bolts ferrous metals and
nonferrous metals.
NB : The various items to be used in the interior decoration
work shall be of BRANDED manufactures of market leaders above clause is
only for specifying ISI standards.
.
214 | P a g e
Technicalspecification
Type :A –Resort
1. SITE PREPARATION:
A.Settingout Location
Allthecomponentsincludingcottages,restaurants,conservation
/bufferanddevelopmentzoneswillneedtobemarkedon sitetakingtherestaurantasreferencepointoneastern
coastof beel.Thesettingoutwillneedtobecheckedandapprovedby thearchitect.
B.CleaningSite/s
Allthemarkedlocationswillneedtobecleanedofunwanted bushes/stones/twigs/deadlogs
C.Ramming/Leveling
Onlythelocationpointswithdiameter900mmforpointfoundationwillbeleveledandrammedforexcavation.
D.Trees
NOexistingtreesofdiameter(>100mm)willbepruned/ cut/relocatedfromexistinglocation.Ifany
conflictariseswith placementofbuiltcomponents,thebuiltcomponentswillbe
relocatedandshiftedafterdiscussionwitharchitects.
2.EXCAVATION&FOUNDATION
A. Excavation
1. Allthepointsoffoundationwillbesetasper drawing.
2. Earthwillbedugatfoundationpointstoadepthof500 mm
andEarthwillbedensifiedandleveledtoadepthof 350mm.
3. Theexcavationdepthwillbe500mmfromtheleveled
ground.Afterrammingthefoundationbase,100mm deepsmallcrushedstonebedwillbelaid.Baseshouldbe
compactedandleveledthroughouttheexcavatedarea.
B. Point Foundation
1. Aconcrete baseof dia500mmx400mmwillbesetin thefoundation withametalcap12mmthick
ofdia400 mm.
2. TheEarthwillbefilled andlevelledaftersecuredfixingof steelpipes tothemetalplates.
3.STRUCTURE
Thestructureofthecottageisdividedintotwoparts;Sub-Structure andSuper-Structure
215 | P a g e
A. SubStructure
1. TheSubStructureofthecottagewilltakecareofload transfers fromthedecktotheground.Thefinished
surfaceofthedeck israisedataheightof1200mmfrom groundlevel.
.
2. Thepipeswillhavetobecutinaworkshopoffsite(not ontheisland)andassembledatsitetofixittopoint
foundationatangle(refertothedrawings)Calculations
forstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineering consultants.
3. Thepipeswillbebolt-joined(andnotweld)toametal plateconnectorfixedontheconcretefoundationas
perstructural drawings.Thestructural gridwillbeof 1600mm x1600mm ata heightof850mm(refertothe
drawings)Calculations forstructuraldetailstobedone bystructuralengineeringconsultants.
4. Thesteelgridwillbecrossbracedattheundersurfaceof
deckforstructuralstability.Calculationsforstructural
detailstobedonebystructuralengineeringconsultants.
B.SuperStructure
COLUMN
1. Thecolumns aremadeupofacompositesystemofMS Steel andSalWoodasshownintheplan.
2. Thecrossshapedmetal section(200mmx200mm)will have4blocksofSalwood(100mm
x100mm)onallfour quadrantsofmetalsection.
3. Thecolumnswillbeboltedtothestructuralsystembelow
thedeckthroughametalplateconnector(asperstructuralspecificationanddrawings).
RINGBEAM
Thecolumnswillbetiedataheightof2800mwitha woodenlintelbeam.Thesectionwillbesalwoodsection
of sizeis150x150mm,cutatanangleaccordingto theslopeoftheroofunderside.
4. FLOORING A.Structure
1. ThedeckwillbelaidoutonMSL-Section75mmx35mm laidattheedgeofthebuildinggridwithfinishsurfaceat
heightof1200mmfromgroundlevel.Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineeringconsult
ants. TherewillbesecondaryMST-sections100mmx35mm placedatdistanceof700mmc-conthegrid.
2. Theprimarylayerintheflooringofdeckwillconsistof
durablewoodenplanks(hardwood),size300mmx700mmx-
38mm.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.
B.Finish
216 | P a g e
DECK
1. Alltheopenareasonthedeckhaveteakwoodflooring (or similarquality).
2. Thesizeoftheplankswillbe300mmx700mmx38mm
with5mmwithgroovesonexposedsurfaceataregulardistanceof8mm.(refertopicturesinmaterialpalette)
3. Teakwood(sameasflooring)skirting, 400mmhighand38
mmthickwillbefixedtotheexternalsurfaceofthewallsat edgesofthedeck.
A.Bathrooms
Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkin
dus- trialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedoverthe
planks.50mmLimecretebed.Thebaselayerwillbe. Allthewetanddryareasonthefloorinbathroomwillbe
finishedwithsmallceramictiles50mmx50mmx10mmsetin
limemortarbedof50mmthickness,preparedforfinishes withtermitetreatmentandwaterproofing,asper
drawings fromarchitects.BathroomCounterstobemadeof50mmthkselfsupporting
limecreteslabwithbeetel nutsembeddedin15mmthkraisin.
B.Bedrooms
Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkin
dus- trialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedoverthe planks.
Allthefloorsurfacesinthebedroomfinishedwithterracotta)claytiles,size150mm x150mm
x20mmsetinlimemortarasper patternindicatedindrawingsfromarchitects).A150mm x20mmterracotta
skirtingwillbefixedtothewallat flooredges.
C.Externalopenbathroom
Floortobefinished withsmallsize driverpebbles(dia10mm
to50mm),ontopofabedoflargestoneslaidonrammed earth.
6.STAIRCASEandRAMP
1. Thefinishforthestaircasetobedonewithsamespecifications
ofwoodenplanksfordeck.Sizeofplankstobekeptequalto thesizeofthetreadandriser.
2. Antiskidgroovestobeprovidedonexposedsurfaceofthe treads.
3. 20mm diasemicirculartimbernosingtobenailedtothetread asper detail.
4. Theramptobelaidoutataslopeof1:20asperthedrawing.First5000mmoframptofollowthesame
specificationoffinishingofthedeck.Therampwillmergewiththegreenmound
climbinguptothecottageasshowninthedrawing.
5. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledon staircase,rampandthedeckasper
thedesignandlayoutwith anoffsetof75mmfromouteredge.
6.
Teakwoodhandrailsection,size100X35mm,tobemanufacturedandinstalledonstaircase,rampandt
hedeckasper the designandlayout
7. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledon staircase,rampandthedeckasper
thedesignandlayoutwith anoffsetof75mmfromouteredge.
217 | P a g e
7.WALLS
EkraWallsThewallcomposed ofsalwoodframework;bambooslitswith
reednetandfinishedwithlimeplaster.
1. Theprimaryframeworkwillbemadeof 150mmx75mmSal woodframeplacedatadistanceof600mmc-
cvertically.SecondarySalwoodframesof size75mmx75mmtobeplacedin
mainframe,flushedtotheinternaledgeofthevertical joists,as perpatternindicatedindrawings.
2. MetalCablecross-bracingstobeprovidedfortheouterframe
ofthewallandneartheedgeofdoor/windowsasindicatedin thedrawings.
3. Thewoodenframeworkwillhaveaninfillofbamboo slitsand
reed.2layersofekraframeworkwillbemade,internaland external,bothattheinner
andouteredgeofthehorizontal secondarysalwoodframework.Ineach,bambooslitswillbe
arrangedparalleltoeachotherintheframe,fixedin6mmd50mmdeepgrooves,atadistanceof20mmc-
c.
4. 10mmdiareedstickswillbecrisscrossedinandoutalongthe bambooslits.Please refertodetail
drawingsforarrangement and patternofreed.
5. Theinternalwallisfinishedwith12mmthklimeplastermixed
withnaturalseedoil.Plastertobeflushedthroughoutthewall.
6. Theexternalwalltobefinishedwith3mmroughlimeplaster
lightwashmixedwithnaturalpigmentsandnaturalseedoil.
7. allframeworktobeboltedtothedeckatthebase,columnsat thesides,andlintelbeamsontop.
8. Thewallsectionshouldnotbe100%solidleavingscopeforair
flowfromoutsidetoavoidhumidconditionsintherooms.
9. Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitects
fromteamofcontractors/consultants. Internalwalls
Internalwallsofbathroomstobemade100mmthicksandwich plywoodpartitions. Thewoodenpartitions
willbefixedtoMS boxsections70mmx70mmframedas perdrawing.
Externalbathroomwall
Wall tobemadeofbakedbricksarrangedinajaalipattern.
9.DOORS
1. Framework:Alltheframesfordoorstobemanufacturedofsal woodaspersizeanddetailsindoorschedule.
2. Shutters:AsperDoorSchedule
3. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coatsofmelamine
polish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingthetimber doors.
8.WINDOWS 1. Framework:AlltheframesforwindowstobemanufacturedinSaltimber sections85mmx85mmas
perdetailinwindow schedule.Theframewillbeboltedtothemainwallframework.
Detailstobefollowedasspecifiedinthedrawingsfromthe
218 | P a g e
architects.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.
2.Shuttersforfoldingwindow:Theteakwoodshutterstobe
manufacturedandfixedtotimberframeworkfixedwithsingle
glazing(5mmthick)asperdetail.Theglasswillbesealedto
shutterswithwhitesilicon.Thetimberchannelswillallowslidingandfoldingof500mm wideshutters
(foldingoutside)
3. OtherShutters:Asperwindowschedule
4.Ventilators:Allventilators(openingoutwards)willbefixed with5mmthicktranslucentglassin
woodenframeboltedto themainwallframework,asperwindowschedule.
5.Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats
ofmelaminepolish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingtheshutters.
6. Windowcillstobemadeasteakwood
seatings600mmwide,50mmthk(lengthasspecifiedindrawings)supportedby
triangulartimberjoists50mmthk.Sizeanddetailofjoistsas specifiedindrawings.
10.ROOF A. Structure
1. ThePrimaryBeamstructureofrooftobelaidoutinSalwood beams(300mmdeepx150mm wide)asper
thedrawing.Each beamwillbeclampedtoaMST-section(6mmthick)andsize
150mmx75mmasperthestructuraldrawings.Thebeamswill restonthelintelbeam onedges.
2. SecondarybeamoftherooftobeoutinSalwoodbeams (50mmdeepx80mmwide)asper
thedrawing.Eachbeamwill beclampedtoaMSL-
section(6mmthick)andsize50mmx75mmasperthestructuraldrawings.
3. Thenextlayerwillbe20mmSalwoodplanks(1200mmx600
mm)fixedtotheprimarybeamsandsecondarybeam structure.
4. Nextwillbetwo coats ofspecifiedwaterproofing.
5. FinalfinishofNaturalcolorterracottatileSize200mmx400mm tobefixedwithwoodenhooksasper details.
B.Finish
1. Claytilesinnaturalcolour,size200mm x400mm,willbepro- curedandlaidasper
detailontopofwoodenrafters.Alternate solutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitectsfromteam
ofcontractors/consultants.
2. Nogapstobeleftwhilelayingclaytilesandaminimumover- lapof20mmtobeconsideredwhilelayingtiles. C.FalseCeiling
1. Bedroom:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,asshownin
materialpalette,willbefixedontoatimbergrid,withmembers
50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsizeforwoodenframewillbe
600mmx600mmwithsetbacksfromeavesasperdrawings romthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbefixed300
mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpointsasper drawings.
2. Bathroom:Thefalseceilingwillbeinstalledataclear heightof3200 mmfromffl.Mineral
fiberboardsfinishedwithPoPwillbehungonanaluminumframevia nyloncables.
D.Gutters
ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtothe roofedgesasspecifiedinthedrawings.
219 | P a g e
E.Insulation
Nailthelayerof30mmthickglasswoolinsulationunder sideoftheplywood sheeting.Finish bycoveringthe
fromthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbefixed300 mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpointsasper drawings.
2. Bathroom:Thefalseceilingwillbeinstalledataclear heightof3200 mmfromffl.Mineral
fiberboardsfinishedwithPoPwillbehungonanaluminumframevia nyloncables.
D.Gutters
ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtothe roofedgesasspecifiedinthedrawings. E.Insulation
Nailthelayerof30mmthickglasswoolinsulationunder sideoftheplywood sheeting.Finish bycoveringthe
TYPE B
1.ACCESSTOSITE
BrahmaputraRiver front (Destination Development of Brahmaputra River front and cruise vessel on Brahmaputra, Assam) Beautification of riverfront Brahmaputra at Guwahati (civil, sanitary, water supply & electrification Work)
ProcuringMaterials
AllthematerialsspecifiedintheBillof Quantitieswillbepro- curedbythecontractorsasper
agreementandtransportedto siteviaexistingbridgeanddyke alongthebeel.NOnewroad/
bridgetobeconstructedforaccess/transportationoflabour
andmaterialtothesiteofdevelopment.Allthematerialsand
constructionsitewillberequiredtobesecuredandprotected from anynatural/man made disasteronsite. 2.SITEPREPARATION A.SettingOut LocationforPhase1
Allthecomponentsincludingcottages,restaurants,conservation/bufferanddevelopmentzoneswillneedtob
emarkedon sitetakingtherestaurantasreferencepointoneastern coastof
beel.Thesettingoutwillneedtobecheckedandapprovedby thearchitect.
B.CleaningSite/s
Allthemarkedlocationswillneedtobecleanedofunwanted bushes/stones/twigs/deadlogs
C.Ramming/Leveling
Onlythelocationpointswithdiameter900mmforpointfoundationwillbeleveledandrammedforexcavation.
D.Trees
Noexistingtreesofdiameter(>100mm)willbepruned/ cut/relocatedfromexistinglocation.Ifany
conflictariseswith placementofbuiltcomponents,thebuiltcomponentswillbe
relocatedandshiftedafterdiscussionwitharchitects.
220 | P a g e
3.EXCAVATION&FOUNDATION
A.Excavation
1. Allthepointsoffoundationwillbesetasper drawing.
2. Earthwillbedugatfoundationpointstoadepthof500
mmandEarthwillbedensifiedandleveledtoadepthof 350mm.
3. Theexcavationdepthwillbe500mmfromtheleveled
ground.Afterrammingthefoundationbase,100mm
deepsmallcrushedstonebedwillbelaid.Baseshouldbe
compactedandleveledthroughouttheexcavatedarea.
B.Point Foundation
1. Aconcrete baseof dia500mmx400mmwillbesetin thefoundation withametalcap12mmthick ofdia400
mm.
2. TheEarthwillbefilled andleveledaftersecuredfixingof steelpipes tothemetalplates. 4.STRUCTURE Thestructureofthecottageisdividedintotwoparts;Sub-StructureandSuper-Structure
A.SubStructure
1. TheSubStructureofthecottagewilltakecareofload transfersfromthedecktotheground.Thefinished
surfaceofthedeckisraisedataheightof1200mmfrom groundlevel.
3. Thepipeswillhavetobecutinaworkshopoffsite(not ontheisland)andassembledatsitetofixittopoint
foundationatangle(refertothedrawings)Calculations
forstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineering consultants.
B.SuperStructure
COLUMNS
1. Thecolumns aremadeupofacompositesystemofMS Steel andSalWoodasshownintheplan
.
2. Thecrossshapedmetal section(200mmx200mm)will have4blocksofSalwood(100mm x100mm)onallfour
quadrantsofmetalsection.
3. Thecolumnswillbeboltedtothestructuralsystembelow
thedeckthroughametalplateconnector(asperstructuralspecificationanddrawings).
RINGBEAM
Thecolumnswillbetiedataheightof2800mwitha woodenlintelbeam.Thesectionwillbesalwoodsection of
sizesizeis150x150mm,cutatanangleaccordingto theslopeoftheroofunderside.
5.FLOORING A.Structure
1. ThedeckwillbelaidoutonMSL-Section75mmx35mm laidattheedgeofthebuildinggridwithfinishsurfaceat
heightof1200mmfromgroundlevel.Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengineeringconsult
ants. TherewillbesecondaryMST-sections100mmx35mm placedatdistanceof700mmc-conthegrid.
221 | P a g e
2. Theprimarylayerintheflooringofdeckwillconsistof
durablewoodenplanks(hardwood),size300mmx700mmx-
38mm.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.
B.Finish
DECK
1. Alltheopenareasonthedeckhaveteakwoodflooring.(or similarquality).
2. Thesizeoftheplankswillbe300mmx700mmx38mm
with5mmwithgroovesonexposedsurfaceataregulardistanceof8mm.(refertopicturesinmaterialpalette)
3. Teakwood(sameasflooring)skirting, 400mmhighand38
mmthickwillbefixedtotheexternalsurfaceofthewallsat edgesofthedeck.
A. Bathrooms
Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof
38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmtykeindustrialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretched
overthe planks.50mmLimecretebed.Thebaselayerwillbe.
Allthewetanddryareasonthefloorinbathroomwillbe
finishedwithsmallceramictiles50mmx50mmx10mmsetin
limemortarbedof50mmthickness,preparedforfinishes withtermitetreatmentandwaterproofing,asper
drawings fromarchitects.
BathroomCounterstobemadeof50mmthkselfsupporting limecreteslabwithbeetel
nutsembeddedin15mmthkraisin.
B.Bedrooms
Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof
38mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkindus-
trialrubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedoverthe planks.
Allthefloorsurfacesinthebedroomfinishedwithterracotta)claytiles,size150mm x150mm
x20mmsetinlimemortarasper patternindicatedindrawingsfromarchitects). A 150mm x20mmterracotta
skirtingwillbefixedtothewallat flooredges.
C.Externalopenbathroom
Floortobefinished withsmallsizedriverpebbles(dia10mm
to50mm),ontopofabedoflargestoneslaidonrammed earth.
D.SittingRoom
Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38
mmwoodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkindustrial
rubbermats(1200mmwide)willbestretchedovertheplanks.
Allthefloorsurfacesinthesittingroomfinishedwithlimecrete as perdetail. A150mm x20mmterracotta
skirtingwillbefixed tothewallatflooredges. 6.STAIRCASEandRAMP 1. Thefinishforthestaircasetobedonewithsamespecifications
222 | P a g e
ofwoodenplanksfordeck.Sizeofplankstobekeptequalto thesizeofthetreadandriser.
2. Antiskidgroovestobeprovidedonexposedsurfaceofthe treads.
3. 20mm diasemicirculartimbernosingtobenailedtothetread asper detail.
4. Theramptobelaidoutataslopeof1:20asperthedrawing.
First5000mmoframptofollowthesamespecificationoffinishingofthedeck.Therampwillmergewiththegree
nmound climbinguptothecottageasshowninthedrawing.
5. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledon staircase,rampandthedeckasper
thedesignandlayoutwith anoffsetof75mmfromouteredge.
6.
Teakwoodhandrailsection,size100X35mm,tobemanufacturedandinstalledonstaircase,rampandt
hedeckasper the designandlayout
7. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledon staircase,rampandthedeckasper
thedesignandlayoutwith anoffsetof75mmfromouteredge.
7.WALLS
EkraWalls
Thewallcomposed ofsalwoodframe work,bambooslitswith reednetandfinishedwithlimeplaster.
1. The Primary frame work would be made of 150mmX75mm Sal frame placed at a
distance of 600mm c-c vertically secondarySalwoodframesof
size75mmx75mmtobeplacedin mainframe,flushedtotheinternaledgeofthevertical
joists,as perpatternindicatedindrawings.
2. MetalCablecross-bracingstobeprovidedfortheouterframe
ofthewallandneartheedgeofdoor/windowsasindicatedin thedrawings.
3. Thewoodenframeworkwillhaveaninfillofbamboo slitsand
reed.2layersofekraframeworkwillbemade,internaland external,bothattheinner
andouteredgeofthehorizontal secondarysalwoodframework.Ineach,bamboo
slitswillbe arrangedparalleltoeachotherintheframe,fixedin6mmdia,
50mmdeepgrooves,atadistanceof20mmc-c.
4. 10mmdiareedstickswillbecrisscrossedinandoutalongthe bambooslits.Please
refertodetail drawingsforarrangement and patternofreed.
5. Theinternalwallbefinishedwith12mmthklimeplastermixed
withnaturalseedoil.Plastertobeflushedthroughoutthewall.
6. Theexternalwalltobefinishedwith3mmroughlimeplaster
lightwashmixedwithnaturalpigmentsandnaturalseedoil.
7. Wallframeworktobeboltedtothedeckatthebase,columnsat
thesides,andlintelbeamsontop.
8. Thewallsectionshouldnotbe100%solidleavingscopeforair
flowfromoutsidetoavoidhumidconditionsintherooms.
9. Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitects
fromteamofcontractors/consultants.
Internalwalls
Internalwallsofbathroomstobemade100mmthicksandwich plywoodpartitions.
Thewoodenpartitions willbefixedtoMS boxsections70mmx70mmframedas
perdrawing.
Externalbathroomwall
223 | P a g e
Tobemadeofbakedbricksarrangedinajaalipattern.
8.WINDOWS
1. Framework:Alltheframesforwindowstobemanufactured inSaltimber sections85mmx85mmas
perdetailinwindow schedule.Theframewillbeboltedtothemainwallframework.
Detailstobefollowedasspecifiedinthedrawingsfromthe
architects.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with
architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.
2. Shuttersforfoldingwindow:Theteakwoodshutterstobe
manufacturedandfixedtotimberframeworkfixedwithsingle
glazing(5mmthick)asperdetail.Theglasswillbesealedtoshutterswithwhitesilicon.Thetimberchannels
willallowslid- ingandfoldingof500mm wideshutters(foldingoutside)
3. OtherShutters:Asperwindowschedule
4. Ventilators:Allventilators(openingoutwards)willbefixed with5mmthicktranslucentglassin
woodenframeboltedto themainwallframework,asperwindowschedule.
5. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats ofmelaminepol-
ish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingtheshutters.
6. Windowcillstobemadeasteakwood seatings600mmwide,
50mmthk(lengthasspecifiedindrawings)supportedby
triangulartimberjoists50mmthk.Sizeanddetailofjoistsas specifiedindrawings. 9.DOORS
1. Framework:Alltheframesfordoorstobemanufacturedofsal woodaspersizeanddetailsindoorschedule.
2. Shutters:AsperDoorSchedule
3. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coatsofmelamine
polish/antitermitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixingthetimber doors. 10.ROOF
A. Structure
1. ThePrimaryBeamstructureofrooftobelaidoutinSalwood beams(300mmdeepx150mm wide)asper
thedrawing.Each beamwillbeclampedtoaMST-section(6mmthick)andsize
150mmx75mmasperthestructuraldrawings.Thebeamswill restonthelintelbeam onedges.
2. SecondarybeamoftherooftobeoutinSalwoodbeams (50mmdeepx80mmwide)asper
thedrawing.Eachbeamwill beclampedtoaMSL-section(6mmthick)andsize50mmx
5mmasperthestructuraldrawings.
3. Thenextlayerwillbe20mmSalwoodplanks(1200mmx600
mm)fixedtotheprimarybeamsandsecondarybeam structure.
4. Nextwillbetwo coats ofspecifiedwaterproofing.
5. FinalfinishofNaturalcolorterracottatileSize200mmx400mm tobefixedwithwoodenhooksasper details
B.Finish
1. Claytilesinnaturalcolour,size200mm x400mm,will beprocuredandlaidasper
detailontopofwoodenrafters.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion with
architectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.
2. Nogapstobeleftwhilelayingclaytilesandaminimum overlapof20mmtobeconsideredwhilelayingtiles. C.FalseCeiling
1. Bedroom:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,asshown inmaterialpalette,willbefixedontoatimbergrid,with
members50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsizeforwooden framewillbe600mmx600mm
224 | P a g e
withsetbacksfromeaves asperdrawingsfromthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbe
fixed300mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpointsasper drawings.
2. Bathroom:Thefalseceilingwillbeinstalledataclear heightof3200 mmfromffl.Mineral
fiberboardsfinishedwithPoPwillbehungonanaluminumframevia nyloncables.
3. Sittingroom:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,as showninmaterialpalette,willbefixedontoatimber
grid,withmembers50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsize forwoodenframewillbe600mmx600mm
withsetbacks
fromeavesasperdrawingsfromthearchitects.Lightfixtureswillbefixed300mmabovethepaper,atstrategic
pointsasper drawings.
D.Gutters
ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtothe roofedgesasspecifiedinthedrawings. E.Insulation
Nailthelayerof30mmthickglasswoolinsulationunder sideoftheplywood sheeting.Finish bycoveringthe
insulationwithtreatedbamboomatinbet
1. ACCESSTOSITE
Island
MerbeelIsland, initscurrentsituationisaccessiblethroughout phase1via theexistingkuchcharoadwhich
connectsitwiththemainlandonnorth westernside(refer
fig1).Theroadbridgewillbedismantledandthenew bridgewillbeinstalledinthefuturephasesasper
thevision/masterplan.
Procuring Materials
AllthematerialsspecifiedintheBillof Quantitieswillbeprocuredbythe contractorsasper
agreementandtransportedtositeviaexistingbridgeand
dykealongthebeel.NOnewroad/bridgetobeconstructedforaccess/ transportationoflabour
andmaterialtothesiteofdevelopment.Allthe
materialsandconstructionsitewillberequiredtobesecuredandprotected from
anynatural/manmadedisasteronsite. 2.SITEPREPARATION
A.SettingOut Locationof project.
Thesettingoutwillneedtobecheckedand approvedbythearchitect.
B.CleaningSites
Allthemarkedlocationswillneedtobecleanedofunwantedbushes/ stones/twigs/deadlogs
C.Ramming/Leveling
D.Trees
NOexistingtreesofdiameter(>100mm)willbepruned/cut/relocated
fromexistinglocation.Ifanyconflictariseswithplacementofbuiltcomponents,thebuiltcomponentswillberel
ocatedandshiftedafterdiscussion witharchitects.
3.EXCAVATION&FOUNDATION
225 | P a g e
Excavation
1. Allthepointsoffoundationwillbesetasper drawing.
2. Earthwillbedugatfoundationpointstoadepthof500mmand
Earthwillbedensifiedandleveledtoadepthof350mm.
3. Theexcavationdepthwillbe500mmfromtheleveledground.After
rammingthefoundationbase,100mmdeepsmallcrushedstonebed
willbelaid.Baseshouldbecompactedandleveledthroughoutthe excavatedarea.
Point Foundation
1. Aconcrete baseof dia500mmx400mmwillbesetinthefoundation
withametalcap12mmthickofdia400mm.
2. TheEarthwillbefilled andleveledaftersecuredfixingof steelpipes tothemetalplates.
4.STRUCTURE
ThestructureoftheRestaurantDeckisdividedintotwoparts;Sub- StructureandSuper-Structure
SubStructure
1. TheSubStructureoftheRestaurantDeckwilltakecareofload
transfersfromthedecktotheground.Thefinishedsurfaceofthe
deckisraisedataheightof1200mmfromgroundlevel.
2. Thepipeswillhavetobecutinaworkshopoffsite(notonthe island)andassembledatsitetofix
ittopointfoundationatangle (refertothedrawings)Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobe
donebystructuralengineeringconsultants.
3. Thepipeswillbebolt-joined(andnotweld)toametalplate
connectorfixedontheconcretefoundationasperstructural drawings.Thestructural
gridwillbeofaccordingtothestructuraldrawing
ataheightof850mm(refertothedrawings)Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobedonebystructuralengine
ering consultants.
4. Thesteelgridwillbecrossbracedattheundersurfaceofdeck
forstructuralstability.Calculationsforstructuraldetailstobe donebystructuralengineeringconsultants
SuperStructure
COLUMNS
1. ThecolumnsaremadeupofacompositesystemofMSSteel andSalWoodasshownintheplan.
2. Thecrossshapedmetal section(200mmx200mm)will have4blocksofSalwood(100mm
x100mm)onallfour quadrantsofmetalsection.
3. Thecolumnswillbeboltedtothestructuralsystembelow
thedeckthroughametalplateconnector(asperstructural specificationanddrawings).
RINGBEAM
Thecolumnswillbetiedataheightof2800mwithawooden
lintelbeam.Thesectionwillbesalwoodsectionofsizeis
150x150mm,cutatanangleaccordingtotheslopeoftheroof underside. 5.FLOORING
A.Structure
1. ThedeckwillbelaidoutonMSL-Section75mmx35mmlaid
attheedgeofthebuildinggridwithfinishsurfaceatheightof
1200mmfromgroundlevel.Calculationsforstructuraldetails
tobedonebystructuralengineeringconsultants.Therewillbe secondaryMST-
sections100mmx35mmplacedatdistanceof 700mmc-conthegrid.
2. Theprimarylayerintheflooringofdeckwillconsistofdurable
226 | P a g e
woodenplanks(hardwood),size300mmx700mmx38mm.
Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussionwitharchitectsfrom teamofcontractors/consultants.
B.Finish
RestaurantDeck
1. Alltheopenareasonthedeckhaveteakwoodflooring.(orsimilar quality).
2. Thesizeoftheplankswillbe300mmx700mmx38mmwith
5mmwithgroovesonexposedsurfaceataregulardistanceof 8mm.(refertopicturesinmaterialpalette)
3. Teakwood(sameasflooring)skirting, 400mmhighand38mm
thickwillbefixedtotheexternalsurfaceofthewallsatedgesof thedeck.
ToiletandKitchen
0.100”to0.375” StainlessSteelSkid-freeFloorPlateswillbefixed totheSubstructureusingclamps.
BathroomCounterstobemadeof50mmthkselfsupporting
limecreteslabwithbeetelnutsembeddedin15mmthkraisin.
Café,ShopandGuardRoom
Thebaselayerforalltheflooringincoveredareaswillbeof38mm
woodenplanks(withnogrooves).12mmthkindustrialrubber mats(1200
mmwide)willbestretchedovertheplanks.
Allthefloorsurfacesinthebedroomfinishedwithterracotta) claytiles,size150mm x150mm
x20mmsetinlimemortar as per patternindicatedindrawingsfromarchitects).A150mmx20mm terracotta
skirtingwillbefixedtothewallatflooredges.
6.STAIRCASEandRAMP
1. Thefinishforthestaircasetobedonewithsamespecificationsof
woodenplanksfordeck.Sizeofplankstobekeptequaltothesizeof thetreadandriser.
2. Antiskidgrooves tobeprovidedonexposedsurfaceofthetreads.
3. 20mm diasemicirculartimbernosingtobenailedtothetreadas perdetail.
4. Theramptobelaidoutataslopeof1:20asperthedrawing.First
5000mmoframptofollowthesamespecificationoffinishingofthe
deck.Therampwillmergewiththegreenmoundclimbinguptothe RestaurantDeckasshowninthedrawing.
5. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledonstair- case,rampandthedeckasper
thedesignandlayoutwithanoffsetof 75mmfromouteredge.
6. Teakwoodhandrailsection,size100X35mm,tobemanufactured
andinstalledonstaircase,rampandthedeckasper thedesignand layout
7. Stainlesssteelbalustradestobemanufacturedandinstalledonstair- case,rampandthedeckasper
thedesignandlayoutwithanoffsetof 75mmfromouteredge. 8.WALLS
EkraWalls
Thewallcomposed ofsalwoodframework,bambooslitswithreed netandfinishedwithlimeplaster.
1. Theprimaryframeworkwillbemadeof 150mmx75mmSalwood frameplaced atadistanceof600mmc-
cvertically.SecondarySal woodframesof size75mmx75mmtobeplacedinmainframe,
flushedtotheinternaledgeoftheverticaljoists,asperpatternindicatedindrawings.
2. MetalCablecross-bracingstobeprovidedfortheouterframeofthe
wallandneartheedgeofdoor/windowsasindicatedinthedrawings.
3. Thewoodenframeworkwillhaveaninfillofbamboo slitsandreed.
227 | P a g e
2layersofekraframeworkwillbemade,internalandexternal,both attheinner
andouteredgeofthehorizontalsecondarysalwood framework.Ineach,bamboo
slitswillbearrangedparalleltoeach otherintheframe,fixedin6mmdia,50mmdeepgrooves,ata
distanceof20mmc-c.
4. 10mmdiareedstickswillbecrisscrossedinandoutalongthe bambooslits.Please refertodetail
drawingsforarrangementand patternofreed.
5. Theinternalwallbefinishedwith12mmthklimeplastermixed withnaturalseed
oil.Plastertobeflushedthroughoutthewall.
6. Theexternalwalltobefinishedwith3mmroughlimeplasterlight
washmixedwithnaturalpigmentsandnaturalseedoil.
7. Wallframeworktobeboltedtothedeckatthebase,columnsatthe sides,andlintelbeamsontop.
8. Thewallsectionshouldnotbe100%solidleavingscopeforair
flowfromoutsidetoavoidhumidconditionsintherooms.
9. Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefordiscussion witharchitectsfrom teamofcontractors/consultants.
CaféWall-TimberSlats
1. Theprimaryframeworkwillbemadeof 100mm x200mmSal
woodframe(forplacementpleaserefertodrawing). SecondarySal woodframesof size100mm
x200mmtobeplacedinmainframe, flushedtotheinternaledgeoftheverticaljoists,asperpattern
indicatedindrawings.
2. VerticalTeakwoodSlats50mmx50mmwillbefixedtotheframe- workexternallyat100mmc-
cuptoaheightof750mm,200mm c-cfrom750-RoofBeam.(Pleaserefertodrawings)
InternalToiletandKitchenwalls
1. Theinternalpartition wallswillbemadeof8mmthickopaque glassfixedwoodenframeworkby
stainlesssteelclamps.(please refertodrawings)
2. Theinternaltoiletwallswillbefinishedwith8mmthickClear glassuptoaheightof1500
mmfromthefinishedfloorlevel.The parapetwalluptoaheightof900mmfortheconcealedcistern
willbefinishedwith8mmthicksandwichedglasswithhandmade paper/textile.
3. Theinternalwallsinthekitchenwillbefinishedwith2mmthick stainlessdeco-panelsuptoaheightof1500
mm.(Pleasereferto drawings).
9.WINDOWS
1. Framework: Alltheframesforwindowstobemanufactured inSaltimber sections85mmx85mmas
perdetailinwindowschedule.Theframewill
beboltedtothemainwallframework.Detailstobefollowedasspecified
inthedrawingsfromthearchitects.Alternatesolutionsarewelcomefor discussion
witharchitectsfromteamofcontractors/consultants.
2.
Shuttersforfoldingwindow:Theteakwoodshutterstobemanufacturedandfixedtotimberframeworkfixedwit
hsingleglazing(5mm
thick)asperdetail.Theglasswillbesealedtoshutterswithwhitesilicon.Thetimberchannelswillallowslidingand
foldingof500mmwide shutters (foldingoutside)
3. OtherShutters:Asperwindowschedule
4. Ventilators: Allventilators (openingoutwards)willbefixedwith5mm thicktranslucentglassin
woodenframeboltedtothemainwallframe- work,asperwindowschedule.
5. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats ofmelaminepolish/anti
termitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixing theshutters.
228 | P a g e
6. Windowcillstobemadeasteakwoodseatings600mmwide,50mmthk
(lengthasspecifiedindrawings)supportedbytriangulartimberjoists
50mmthk.Sizeanddetailofjoistsasspecifiedindrawings.
10. DOORS
1. Framework: Alltheframesfordoorstobemanufacturedofsalwoodas persizeanddetailsindoorschedule.
2. Shutters:AsperDoorSchedule
3. Thetimberframestobefinishedwith2coats ofmelaminepolish/anti
termitetreatmentbeforeandafterfixing thetimberdoors.
11. ROOF
A.Structure
1. ThePrimaryBeamstructureofrooftobelaidoutinSalwoodbeams (300mmdeepx150mm wide)aser
thedrawing.Eachbeamwillbe clampedtoaMST-section(6mmthick)andsize150mmx75mmasper
thestructural drawings.Thebeamswillrestonthelintelbeam onedges.
2. SecondarybeamoftherooftobeoutinSalwoodbeams(50mmdeep x80mmwide)asper
thedrawing.EachbeamwillbeclampedtoaMSL-
section(6mmthick)andsize50mmx75mmasperthestructural drawings.
3. Thenextlayerwillbe20mmSalwoodplanks(1200mm x 600mm)
fixedtotheprimarybeamsandsecondarybeam structure.
4. Nextwillbetwocoats ofspecifiedwaterproofing.
5. Finalfinishof Naturalcolorterracottatile Size200mm x 400mm tobe fixedwithwoodenhooksasper details.
B.Finish
1. Claytilesinnaturalcolour,size200mm x400mm,willbeprocured andlaidasper
detailontopofwoodenrafters.Alternatesolutionsare welcomefordiscussion
witharchitectsfromteamofcontractors/con- sultants.
2. Nogapstobeleftwhilelayingclaytilesandaminimumoverlapof20 mmtobeconsideredwhilelayingtiles.
C.FalseCeiling
RestaurantandShop:Ricepaper,withnaturalleafpattern,asshown
inmaterialpalette,willbefixedontoatimbergrid,withmembers
50mmx50mminsize.Thegridsizeforwoodenframewillbe1000mmx-
1000mmwithsetbacksfromeavesasperdrawingsfromthearchitects.
Lightfixtureswillbefixed300mmabovethepaper,atstrategicpoints asper drawings.
D.Gutters
ZincGutterssize300mmx150mmtobeclampedtotheroofedgesas specifiedinthedrawings.
E.Insulation
Nailthelayerof30mmthickglasswoolinsulationundersideoftheply- woodsheeting. Finish
bycoveringtheinsulationwithtreatedbamboo.
229 | P a g e
Minutes of the meeting of Tender Committee od Assam State Transport Corporation held on
…………..at……pm in the……………
Annexure -I
Availability of key items of Contractor’s Equipment (Requirement) :-
Item of Equipment Requirement Availability Proposals
Remarks
(from whom
to be
purchased)
No. Capacity Owned/Leased
to be Procured
Nos.
/Capacity Age/Con
dition
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RMC 1
Concrete Vibrator 2
Welding Machine 2
Cube Test Machine
(Complete kit) 2
Sieve Analysis
(Complete kit) 2
Concrete Hammer 2
Concrete Mixer
Machine 2
Excavator, Truck &
Dumper 2
Lader 2
Others L/S
Water tanker 1
Annexure -II
Qualifications and experience of key personnel :-
Position Name Qualification Year of Experience
1 2 3 4
Site Engineer/project manager 1
AE( Civil) 7 years
Quality Control Engineer. 2 JE(Civil) 5 years
Electrical Engineer 1 JE (Electrical) 5 years
230 | P a g e
Other Staff 2 H.S 3 years